Document:

Indenture Due 2011

  
 EXHIBIT 4.3 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC., 
  
 Company 

 
 TIME WARNER TELECOM INC., 
  
 Parent Guarantor 
  
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTIES HERETO 
  

and 
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
  
 Trustee 
  

  
 Indenture 
  
 Dated as of February 20, 2004 
  

  
 Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due
2011 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA Sections

	  	Indenture Sections

	 § 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.03;7.08
	 § 311(a)
	  	7.03
	 (b)
	  	7.03
	 § 312(a)
	  	2.04
	 (b)
	  	12.02
	 (c)
	  	12.02
	 § 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.05;7.06;12.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 § 314(a)
	  	7.05;12.02;12.04
	 (a)(4)
	  	4.17;12.02
	 (b)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.03
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.03
	 (d)
	  	11.04; 11.06
	 (e)
	  	4.17; 12.04
	 § 315(a)
	  	7.02
	 (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	 (c)
	  	7.02
	 (d)
	  	7.02
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 § 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	9.03
	 § 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 § 318(a)
	  	12.01
	 (c)
	  	12.01

  

	Note: 	The Cross-Reference Table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. 

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

			
	 	  	Page

	
	ARTICLE ONE
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
		
	 SECTION 1.01. Definitions
	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	23
	 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction
	  	23
	
	ARTICLE TWO
	THE NOTES
		
	 SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating
	  	23
	 SECTION 2.02. Restrictive Legends
	  	24
	 SECTION 2.03. Execution, Authentication and Denominations
	  	26
	 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	27
	 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	28
	 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	  	28
	 SECTION 2.07. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	  	29
	 SECTION 2.08. Special Transfer Provisions
	  	30
	 SECTION 2.09. Replacement Notes
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes
	  	34
	 SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes
	  	34
	 SECTION 2.12. Cancellation
	  	34
	 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers
	  	35
	 SECTION 2.14. Defaulted Interest
	  	35
	 SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	35
	
	ARTICLE THREE
	REDEMPTION
		
	 SECTION 3.01. Right of Redemption
	  	35
	 SECTION 3.02. Notices to Trustee
	  	36
	 SECTION 3.03. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	36
	 SECTION 3.04. Notice of Redemption
	  	36
	 SECTION 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	37
	 SECTION 3.06. Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	37
	 SECTION 3.07. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
	  	37
	 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	38
	
	ARTICLE FOUR
	COVENANTS
		
	 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes
	  	38
	 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	38
	 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	39

  

	Note: 	The Table of Contents shall not for any purposes be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. 

  

			
	 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	42
	 SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	44
	 SECTION 4.06. Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	45
	 SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	46
	 SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates
	  	46
	 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Liens
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	48
	 SECTION 4.12. Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.13. Existence
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.14. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.16. Notice of Defaults
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.17. Compliance Certificates
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.18. Commission Reports and Reports to Holders
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.19. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	51
	 SECTION 4.20. Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	51
	 SECTION 4.21. Delivery of Security Documents
	  	51
	
	ARTICLE FIVE
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
		
	 SECTION 5.01. When Company and the Parent Guarantor May Merge, Etc.
	  	51
	 SECTION 5.02. Successor Substituted
	  	53
	
	ARTICLE SIX
	DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
		
	 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default
	  	53
	 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration
	  	55
	 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies
	  	55
	 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	56
	 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority
	  	56
	 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	  	56
	 SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.10. Priorities
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	  	58
	 SECTION 6.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	58
	 SECTION 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	58
	 SECTION 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	58

  

			
	
	ARTICLE SEVEN
	TRUSTEE
		
	 SECTION 7.01. General
	  	58
	 SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	59
	 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	  	61
	 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc
	  	62
	 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility
	  	62
	 SECTION 7.11. Money Held in Trust
	  	62
	
	ARTICLE EIGHT
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
		
	 SECTION 8.01. Termination of Company’s Obligations
	  	63
	 SECTION 8.02. Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture
	  	63
	 SECTION 8.03. Defeasance of Certain Obligations
	  	65
	 SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money
	  	66
	 SECTION 8.05. Repayment to Company
	  	66
	 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement
	  	66
	
	ARTICLE NINE
	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
		
	 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders
	  	67
	 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders
	  	68
	 SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consent
	  	69
	 SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	69
	 SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc
	  	69
	 SECTION 9.06. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	  	70
	
	ARTICLE TEN NOTE GUARANTEES
		
	 SECTION 10.01. Note Guarantees
	  	70
	 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	71
	 SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees
	  	71
	 SECTION 10.04. Release of Subsidiary Guarantor
	  	72
	
	ARTICLE ELEVEN
	COLLATERAL AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
		
	 SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents
	  	73
	 SECTION 11.02. Application of Proceeds of Collateral
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.03. Possession, Use and Release of Collateral
	  	74

  

			
	 SECTION 11.04. Opinion of Counsel; Certificates of the Company
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.05. Further Assurances
	  	75
	 SECTION 11.06. Trust Indenture Act Requirements
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.07. Authorization of Actions to Be Taken
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.08. Rights of the Trustee
	  	77
	 SECTION 11.09. Release upon Termination of 2011 Note Obligations
	  	78
	 SECTION 11.10. Release of Collateral
	  	78
	
	ARTICLE TWELVE
	MISCELLANEOUS
		
	 SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	  	78
	 SECTION 12.02. Notices
	  	78
	 SECTION 12.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	79
	 SECTION 12.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	79
	 SECTION 12.05. Acts of Holders
	  	80
	 SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.07. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.08. Governing Law
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others
	  	81
	 SECTION 12.11. Successors
	  	82
	 SECTION 12.12. Duplicate Originals
	  	82
	 SECTION 12.13. Separability
	  	82
	 SECTION 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc
	  	82

  

					
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Form of Note	  	A-1
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	Form of Certificate	  	B-1
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors	  	C-1
	 EXHIBIT D
	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S	  	D-1
	 EXHIBIT E
	  	Form of Security Agreement	  	E-1
	 EXHIBIT F
	  	Form of Intercreditor Agreement	  	F-1

  

 INDENTURE, dated as of February 20, 2004, among TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), TIME WARNER TELECOM INC. (the “Parent Guarantor”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) parties hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 RECITALS 
  
 The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture
to provide for the issuance initially of up to $240 million aggregate principal amount of its Second Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”) issuable as provided in this Indenture. All things necessary to
make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
hereunder and duly issued by the Company, valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided. 
  
 AND THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH 
  
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows. 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “2014 Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of February 20, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee and pursuant to which the
2014 Notes are issued. 
  
 “2011 Note Liens” means, to
the extent securing 2011 Note Obligations, a Lien granted pursuant to a Security Document as security for the 2011 Note Obligations. 
  
 “2011 Note Obligations” means the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Parent Guarantee and all other obligations of any Obligor under this
Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Parent Guarantee and the Security Documents. 
  
 “2014 Notes” means the 91⁄4% Senior Notes due February 15, 2014 now or hereafter issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of the 2014
Indenture. 
  
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming
a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition; provided that Indebtedness of such Person which is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition shall not be Acquired Indebtedness. 
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with 

  

 
GAAP; provided that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): (i) the net income (or
loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except (x) with respect to net income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person
during such period and (y) with respect to net losses, to the extent of the amount of Investments made by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such other Person during such other period; (ii) solely for the purposes of calculating
the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any other Person accrued prior to the date it
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such other Person are acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the
terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; (v) solely
for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a), any amount paid or accrued as dividends (other than dividends to the extent paid or payable in shares of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of such Person) on Preferred Stock of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than such Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses; and (vii)
any compensation expense paid or payable solely with Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). 
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount
of assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets (excluding write-ups in connection with
accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP), after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items), and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks,
patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP
and filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18. 
  
 “Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds” has the meaning provided in Section 4.11. 
  
 “Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-Registrar, Paying Agent,
authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
  
 “Agent Members” has the meaning provided in Section 2.07. 
  

 2 

 “Applicable Value” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Collateral. 
  
 “Asset Acquisition” means (i) an investment by the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (ii) an acquisition by the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property and assets of any Person other than the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitute substantially all of a division or line of business of such
Person; provided that the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 
  
 “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Parent Guarantor, the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) of (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or
substantially all of the assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of the other Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction) in one
transaction or a series of related transactions by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) any other property and assets (other than the Capital Stock or other
Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not
governed by the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor; provided, however, that “Asset Sale” shall not
include (a) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets, (b) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets constituting a Restricted Payment permitted to be made under Section 4.04, (c) sales, transfers or other
dispositions of assets with a fair market value (as certified in an Officers’ Certificate) not in excess of $20 million in any transaction or series of related transactions, or (d) sales or other dispositions of assets for consideration at
least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of, to the extent that the consideration received would constitute property, assets or securities of the kind described in clause (i)(B) of Section 4.11(b). 
  
 “Average Life” means, at any date of determination with respect to
any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness and (b) the amount of such
principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. 
  

 3 

 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

  
 “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, or in the city of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close. 
  
 “Calculation Agent” shall initially be the Trustee and any subsequent Person appointed by the Company to be the
Calculation Agent. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without
limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is
required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the discounted present value of the rental obligations under a Capitalized Lease. 
  
 “Change of Control” means such time as (i) (A) the Former Parent Companies as a group cease to have the ability to elect a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor (other than the chief executive officer and independent directors of the Parent Guarantor; provided, however, that independent directors shall be included in calculating whether
the foregoing majority requirement is satisfied if the Directors nominated by the Former Parent Companies do not constitute a majority of the committee that selects the Board of Directors’ nominees for independent directors) and (B) a
“Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Former Parent Companies) has become the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor on a fully diluted basis or (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor (together with any
new Directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination by such Board of Directors for election by the Parent Guarantor’s stockholders or members, as the case may be, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
members of such Board of Directors then in office who either were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
members of such Board of Directors then in office; or (iii) the Company shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. 
  
 “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Decline. 
  
 “Closing Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally
issued under this Indenture. 
  

 4 

 “Collateral” means all of the tangible and intangible property and assets of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation all of the capital stock (or other ownership interests) of the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company and the Parent
Guarantor, in each case, existing on the Closing Date or thereafter created or acquired, but, in any case, only to the extent that the inclusion of the capital stock of each such Subsidiary shall mean the aggregate principal amount, par value, book
value as carried by the Company or the market value, whichever is the greatest (the “Applicable Value”), of any such capital stock of any such Subsidiary is not equal to or greater than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding; provided that “Collateral” shall not include the Excluded Collateral. 
  
 “Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, acting as collateral agent on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the Noteholders
under the Security Agreement, or any successor. 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing
the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the body performing such duties at such time. 
  
 “Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s equity other than Preferred Stock of such Person, whether outstanding on
the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock, including any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting)
thereof. 
  
 “Company” means Time Warner Telecom
Holdings Inc. 
  
 “Company Order” means a written
request or order signed in the name of the Company (i) by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee;
provided, however, that such written request or order may be signed by any two of the officers or directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by one of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of
the officers listed in clause (ii) above. 
  
 “Consolidated
EBITDA” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period (x) plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (i)
Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income taxes (other than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or sales of assets), (iii) depreciation expense, (iv) amortization expense and
(v) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted
Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP, and (y) solely for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to
clause (C) of Section 4.04(a), less (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) the aggregate amount of deposits made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing High Yield Closing Date in connection with
proposed Asset Acquisitions that are forfeited by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, if 

  

 5 

 
any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in
accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the percentage ownership interest in the income of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned
on the last day of such period by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, amortization of original
issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to
letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements; and interest on Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the
principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case, that is paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding, however, (i) in
calculating Consolidated EBITDA, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition
thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and
expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the offering of the Notes, all as determined on a consolidated basis (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction Date and
with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which financial statements of such Person (or in the case of the Company, the Parent Guarantor) have been filed with the Commission or provided to the
Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18 (such four fiscal quarter period being the “Four Quarter Period”); provided that, in making the foregoing calculation, (A) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness to be Incurred or
repaid on the Transaction Date; (B) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur from the beginning of the Four
Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (the “Reference Period”), as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and (C) pro forma effect shall be given to asset
dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into such Person or
any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset
acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; provided that to the extent that clause (B) or (C) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset
Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed of
for which financial information is available. 
  

 6 

 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date of this Indenture, located at N9303-120, Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479. 
  
 “Credit Agreements” means credit agreements, vendor financings or
similar facilities or other evidences of indebtedness of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary for the Incurrence of Indebtedness, including letters of credit and any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time. 
  
 “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement. 
  
 “Daily Interest Amount” means the amount of interest for each day
that the Notes are outstanding. 
  
 “Default” means any
event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective successors. 
  
 “Determination Date,” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.

  
 “Director” means a Director on the Board of
Directors of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. 
  
 “Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations” means termination of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute Priority Lien Debt, payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest and premium
(if any) on all Priority Lien Debt (except undrawn letters of credit), discharge or cash collateralization (in compliance with the relevant Priority Lien Documents) of all letters of credit outstanding under any Priority Lien Debt, and payment in
full in cash of all other Priority Lien Obligations (except Unasserted Contingent Obligations) that are outstanding and unpaid at the time the Priority Lien Debt is paid in full in cash. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is
(i) required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, (ii) redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (iii) convertible into or
exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for
provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the
Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in
Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 and such Capital Stock, or the agreements or instruments governing the redemption rights thereof, specifically provides that 

  

 7 

 
such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to
be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.11 and Section 4.12. 
  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than (a) a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Equity Offering” means an offering of Common Stock of the Parent Guarantor for cash pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements contained therein. 
  
 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning provided in Section 4.11. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means any securities of the Company containing
terms identical to the Notes (except that such Exchange Notes shall be registered under the Securities Act) that are issued and exchanged for the Notes pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. 
  
 “Excluded Collateral” means: 
  
 (i) the capital stock of or ownership interests in any
Subsidiary not constituting a Subsidiary Guarantor; 
  
 (ii) any real property (whether owned or leased) with a fair market value of less than $7,500,000; 
  
 (iii) Excluded Contracts. 
  
 (iv) any Collateral identified in clause (c) of the second paragraph of Section 2 of the Security Agreement 
  
 In addition, in the event that Rule 3-16 or Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under
the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the Commission to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the Commission (or any other
governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s capital stock or other securities secure the Notes, then the capital stock or other securities
of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral (and thus shall be deemed to be Excluded Collateral) but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement. In such event, the Security Documents may
be amended or modified, without the consent of any holder of the Notes, to the extent necessary to release the 2011 Note Liens on the shares of capital stock or other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral.

  
 “Excluded Contracts” has the meaning specified in
Section 1.1(b) of the Security Agreement. 
  

 8 

 “Existing High Yield Closing Date” means July 21, 1998. 
  
 “fair market value” means the price that would be paid in an
arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution; provided that for purposes of clause (viii) of Section 4.03(b), (x) the fair market value of any security registered under the Exchange Act shall be the average of the closing prices, regular
way, of such security for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the sale of Capital Stock and (y) in the event the aggregate fair market value of any other property (other than cash or cash equivalents) received by the Company or the
Parent Guarantor, as applicable, exceeds $15 million, the fair market value of such property shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm and set forth in their written opinion which shall be delivered to the Trustee.

  
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries” means any
Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
  
 “Former Parent Companies” means Time Warner Inc., Advance/Newhouse Partnership and the Affiliates of each of the foregoing. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture
shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of this Indenture shall be made without giving
effect to (i) the amortization of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Notes and (ii) except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17
or Financial Accounting Standards Board Nos. 141 and 142. 
  
 “Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity
exercising executive, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners). 

 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance
or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase
arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to 

  

 9 

 
maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of
the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Guarantors” means the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note. 
  
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become
liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an “Incurrence” of Acquired Indebtedness; provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the
accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations with
respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) or (ii) above or (v), (vi) or (vii) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent
such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement), (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay
the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade
Payables, (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such
Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is
Guaranteed by such Person, (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements and (ix) Indebtedness or obligations of a Person for cash management services benefiting
such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (A) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized
portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at the time of its issuance as determined in conformity with GAAP, (B) that money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of
the interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest and (C) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other
taxes. 
  

 10 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Intercreditor
Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date of this Indenture, between the Priority Lien Agent and the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes (in the form of Exhibit F hereto), as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Interest Payment Date” means each quarterly interest payment date on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2004. 
  
 “Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an
Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Closing Date and end on and include May
14, 2004. 
  
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means any
interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract
or other similar agreement or arrangement. 
  
 “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in the ordinary
course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other
property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall include (i) the
designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the fair market value of the Capital Stock (or any other Investment), held by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, of (or in) any Person that
has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including without limitation, by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (iii) of Section 4.06; provided that the fair market value of the Investment remaining in any Person that has ceased to
be a Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed the aggregate amount of Investments previously made in such Person valued at the time such Investments were made less the net reduction of such Investments. For purposes of the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04, (i) “Investment” shall include the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of any
Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted
Subsidiary)) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary shall be considered a reduction in outstanding Investments and (iii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. 
  

 11 

 “Lenders” means, at any time, the parties to any Credit Agreement then holding or beneficially
owning (or committed to provide) bonds, loans, letters of credit or other extensions of credit that constitute (or when provided will constitute) Priority Lien Debt outstanding under such Credit Agreement. 
  
 “LIBOR,” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for three-month periods beginning on the first day of such Interest Period that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If
Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation
Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative
Amount in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the first day of such Interest Period. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If
fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of
approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the first day of such Interest Period. If at
least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately
preceding Interest Period. 
  
 “Lien” means any
mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest).

  
 “liquidated damages” means any additional interest
on the Notes that shall be due and payable pursuant to the terms of the Notes Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “London Banking Day” is any day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to
be transacted in the London interbank market. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. 
  
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
financed or sold with recourse to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees
and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to
the consolidated results of operations of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation 

  

 12 

 
outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of
such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance
or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component
thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other
property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorney’s fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or initial purchasers’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a “U.S. person,” as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Note Guarantee” means the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 “Notes” means any of the securities, as defined in the first paragraph of the recitals hereof, that are
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Notes initially issued on the Closing Date and any other Notes issued after the Closing Date under this Indenture. For
purposes of this Indenture, all Notes shall vote together as one series of Notes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Notes Registration Rights Agreement” means the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 20, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors,
Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and certain permitted assigns specified therein. 
  
 “Obligors” means a Person obligated as an issuer or guarantor of the Notes. 
  
 “Offer to Purchase” means an offer to purchase Notes by the Company
from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii) the purchase
price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Payment Date”); (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest
pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date; (v) that Holders
electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the Paying
Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the
close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount 

  

 13 

 
of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; (vii) that Holders whose Notes are
being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof; and (viii) in the event of an Offer to Purchase as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event exclusively, the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event,
including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, after giving effect to the Change of Control Triggering Event. On the Payment Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes
or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee
all Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in
an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each
new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent
for an Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to
repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, (i) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) the
Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Officer listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof and one Officer listed in clause (ii) of the definition thereof or two Officers listed in
clause (i) of the definition thereof. Each Officers’ Certificate (other than certificates provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall include the statements provided for in Section 12.04. 
  
 “Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

  
 “Offshore Physical Note” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.01. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written
opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.04 hereof. 
  
 “Parent Guarantee” means the Guarantee by the Parent Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture pursuant to Article Ten.

  
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning provided in Section
2.04, except that, for the purposes of Article Eight, the Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of them. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. 
  

 14 

 “Payment Date” has the meaning provided in the definition of Offer to Purchase. 
  
 “Permanent Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.01. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means (i) an
Investment in the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into, or transfer or convey all or
substantially all its assets to, the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and
the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; (ii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iii) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in
accordance with GAAP; (iv) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of Indebtedness Incurred in the ordinary course of business, upon foreclosure of a Lien created in the ordinary course of business or in satisfaction of judgments,
including in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding; (v) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits; (vi) Interest Rate
Agreements and Currency Agreements designed solely to protect the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates; (vii) loans or advances to officers or employees
of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that do not in the aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; and (viii) Investments in any Person that is engaged in the telecommunications business and that is not an
Affiliate or a Related Person of the Company or the Parent Guarantor. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under clauses (1) and (11) of Section 4.03(b); (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii) statutory and common law Liens of
landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course
of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (v) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations,
bankers’ acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of
borrowed money); (vi) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (vii) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the Closing Date; provided, however, that (a) such Lien is created solely for the purpose
of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with Section 4.03, to finance the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction, installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related
to the foregoing) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of
such property, (b) the principal amount of 

  

 15 

 
the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property or assets other than
such item of property or assets and any improvements on such item; (viii) leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ix) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or
assets; (x) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (xi) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; (xii) Liens on property of, or on shares
of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time such Person becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company, the Parent
Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired; (xiii) Liens in favor of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; (xiv) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against
the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to
such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xvi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xvii) Liens
encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate
Agreements and Currency Agreements and forward contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed solely to protect the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in
interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates; (xviii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, prior to the Closing Date; (xix) Liens on or sales of receivables; (xx) Liens
created for the benefit of, or to secure, the Notes or the Parent Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees (including Liens resulting from the defeasance of the obligations of the Obligors with respect to the Notes); (xxi) Liens that secure
Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $10 million at any time outstanding; (xxii) Liens existing on the Closing Date; and (xxiii) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is
permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the
property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced. 
  
 “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality
thereof. 
  
 “Physical Notes” has the meaning provided
in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Preferred Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person that is entitled to preference or priority over one or more series or classes of other capital stock issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person’s property and assets,
whether by dividend or upon liquidation. 
  

 16 

 “principal” of a debt security, including the Notes, means the principal amount due on the
Stated Maturity as shown on such debt security. 
  
 “Priority
Lien” means, to the extent securing Priority Lien Obligations, a Lien granted to any holder, or representative of holders, of Priority Lien Obligations as security for Priority Lien Obligations. 
  
 “Priority Lien Agent” means Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., or any
successor, or, after all Credit Agreements and all commitments to extend credit thereunder have been terminated, all letters of credit (if any) issued under the Credit Agreements have been discharged or cash collateralized in accordance with the
terms thereof, and all Priority Lien Obligations (except Unasserted Contingent Obligations) outstanding under all Credit Agreements have been paid in full in cash, a single representative of all holders of Priority Liens most recently designated by
the Company in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the trustee or the successor of such representative in its capacity as such. 
  
 “Priority Lien Debt” means Indebtedness under clauses (i) and (xi) of Section 4.03(b). 
  
 “Priority Lien Documents” means the documentation relating to any
Priority Lien Debt, including, without limitation, all Credit Agreements, the Priority Lien Security Documents and all other agreements governing, securing or relating to any Priority Lien Obligations. 
  
 “Priority Lien Obligations” means the Priority Lien Debt and all
other Obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Priority Lien Documents. 
  
 “Priority Lien Security Documents” means one or more security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignment, mortgages, deed of trust or
other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor creating a Lien upon property owned or to be acquired by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor in
favor of any holder or holders of Priority Lien Debt, or any trustee, agent or representative acting for any such holders, as security for any Priority Lien Obligations. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Section
2.02. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional
buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Rating
Categories” means (a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); (b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or
equivalent successor categories); and (c) the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency. In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating
Categories (+ and—for S&P; 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another Rating Agency) shall be taken into account (e.g., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB- to
B+, will constitute a decrease of one gradation). 
  
 “Rating
Agency” means any internationally recognized rating agency other than S&P or Moody’s. 
  

 17 

 “Rating Decline” means (i) a decrease of one or more gradations (including gradations within
Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories) in the rating of the Notes by both Moody’s and S&P or (ii) a withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by Moody’s and S&P, in each case, directly as a result of a Change of
Control; provided, however, that such decrease or withdrawal occurs on, or within 45 days following, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a
stockholder of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, to effect a Change of Control, which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes relating to the Change of Control as noted by the Rating Agency is under publicly
announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency. 
  
 “Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the price at which such Note is to be
redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Registrar” has
the meaning provided in Section 2.04. 
  
 “Registration
Statement” means the Registration Statement as defined and described in the Notes Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the February 1, May 1, August 1 or November 1 (whether or not
a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Related Person” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly owning (a) 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock
of such Person (or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 10% or more of the outstanding equity interest in such Person) or (b) 10% or more of the combined outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person, and all Affiliates
of any such other Person. 
  
 “Requirement of Law”
means, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental
Authority, in each case, applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject. 
  
 “Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S.$1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant
time. 
  
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect
to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Payments” has the meaning provided in Section 4.04. 
  

 18 

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor other than
an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule
144A under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Securities Act”
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Security
Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2004, made by the Parent Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Collateral Agent (in the form of Exhibit E hereto), as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Security Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement and all other mortgages, deeds of trust, pledge agreements, collateral
assignments, security agreements, fiduciary transfers, debentures or other instruments evidencing or creating any security interests in favor of the Trustee in all or any portion of the Collateral, in each case, as amended, amended and restated,
extended, renewed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Security Register” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Notes Registration Rights
Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means, at any
date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted
Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently available consolidated financial
statements of the Parent Guarantor for such fiscal year. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors. 
  
 “Specified Date” means any Redemption Date, any Payment Date for an Offer to Purchase or any date on which the Notes first become due and
payable after an Event of Default. 
  
 “Stated Maturity”
means, (i) with respect to any debt securities, the date specified in such debt securities as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such debt securities is due and payable, and (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment
of principal of or interest on any debt securities, the date specified in such debt securities as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable. 
  

“Strategic Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor Incurred to finance the acquisition of a
Person engaged in a business that is related, ancillary or complementary to the business conducted by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness by its terms, or by the terms of any agreement or instrument
pursuant to which such Indebtedness is Incurred, (i) is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, as applicable, and (ii) in the case of Indebtedness 

  

 19 

 
incurred by the Company, provides that no payment of principal, premium or interest on, or any other payment with respect to, such Indebtedness may be made
prior to the payment in full of all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes; provided that such Indebtedness may provide for and be repaid at any time from the proceeds of the sale of Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent
Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) or other Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor which by its terms, or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such other Indebtedness is Incurred, meets clauses (i) and
(ii) above after the Incurrence of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person
and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture pursuant to Article Ten. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) and any other Person
that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.20; provided, however, that the following Subsidiaries shall not be Subsidiary Guarantors: 
  
 (1) Subsidiaries, whether now existing or hereafter formed, for which proper regulatory approvals for the
incurrence of Priority Lien Obligations or 2011 Note Obligations have not been or cannot be obtained; 
  
 (2) Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, whose assets are less than 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its consolidated
Subsidiaries (including the Company) as shown on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor; and 
  
 (3) Subsidiaries whose capital stock or substantially all of whose assets have been permissively disposed of under the terms of the
Priority Lien Documents. 
  
 “Telerate Page 3750” means
the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service). 
  
 “Temporary Cash Investment” means any of the following: (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued
by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided
profits aggregating in excess of $500 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating
organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money market fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities
of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than
an 

  

 20 

 
Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P, (v) securities with
maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and
rated at least “A” by S&P or Moody’s, (vi) corporate debt securities with maturities of eighteen months or less from the date of acquisition and with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of
“A3” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-” (or higher) according to S&P; (vii) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial
bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million; and (viii) money market funds sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor at
least 95% of the assets of which are invested in the foregoing. 
  
 “Temporary Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section
9.06; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 as so amended. 
  
 “Trade Payables” means, with
respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other Indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with
the acquisition of goods or services. 
  
 “Transaction
Date” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Parent Guarantor or the Company, the date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.

  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor; provided, however, that all references to the Trustee in connection
with the Collateral, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise suggests, mean the Collateral Agent. 
  
 “Unasserted Contingent Obligations” means, at any time, obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages or other
liabilities (except (i) the principal of and interest and premium (if any) on, and fees relating to, any Indebtedness and (ii) contingent obligations to reimburse the issuer of an outstanding letter of credit for amounts that may be drawn or paid
thereunder) in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time. 
  
 “United States Bankruptcy Code” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and as codified in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time hereafter, or any successor federal
bankruptcy law. 
  

 21 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor
(other than a Subsidiary that is the Company) that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in the manner provided below; and (ii)
any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary but excluding, in the case of any such
designation by the Parent Guarantor, the Company) of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or
the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable; provided, however, that (A) any Guarantee by the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of
any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an “Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Company, Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such designation; (B)
either (i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (ii) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04 and (C) if applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness
and the Investment referred to in clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under Section 4.03 and Section 4.04. The Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent
Guarantor, as applicable, to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation and (2) all Liens and
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture. Any such
designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
  
 “U.S. Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full
faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit
obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank
or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of such U.S. Government
Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of such U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt. 
  
 “U.S. Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power
to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person. 
  

 22 

 “Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of the
outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or any combination
thereof. 
  
 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust
Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder;

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional
trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 All other TIA terms used
in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a rule of the Commission and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
  
 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires: 
  
 (i) a term has the meaning assigned
to it; 
  
 (ii) an accounting term not otherwise
defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (iii) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 
  
 (v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
  
 (vi) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a
whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
  
 (vii) all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with the definition of GAAP set forth in Section 1.01; and 
  
 (viii) all references to Sections or Articles and other
subdivisions refer to Sections or Articles and other subdivisions of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 ARTICLE TWO 
 THE NOTES 
  
 SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially
in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this 

  

 23 

 
Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. The
Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this
Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes
in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (collectively, the “U.S. Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee
as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter
provided. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in
reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary Global Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Temporary Offshore Global Notes”) deposited with the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. On or after March 31, 2004, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Company of a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, one or more permanent Global Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Permanent Offshore Global Notes”; and together with the Temporary Offshore Global Notes, the
“Offshore Global Notes”) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Temporary Offshore Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Offshore Global Notes transferred. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act
shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Physical Notes”). Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07 in exchange for interests in the
Offshore Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Physical Notes”). 
  
 The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are sometimes
collectively herein referred to as the “Physical Notes”. The U.S. Global Notes and the Offshore Global Notes are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes”. 
  
 The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their
execution of such Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.02. Restrictive
Legends. Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Notes 

  

 24 

 
Registration Rights Agreement, the U.S. Global Notes, Temporary Offshore Global Notes and each U.S. Physical Note shall bear the following legend on the face
thereof: 
  
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B)
IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE
PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC. OR ANY
SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A
SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN
EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO 

  

 25 

 
THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO
THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
  
 Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange Note, shall also bear the
following legend on the face thereof: 
  
 “UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.” 
  
 SECTION 2.03. Execution, Authentication and Denominations. Subject to Article Four and applicable law, the aggregate principal amount of Notes
which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Notes shall be executed by an Officer of the Company. The signature of these Officers on the Notes may be by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of
the Company. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no
longer holds that office at the time the Trustee or authenticating agent authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee or an authenticating agent shall upon receipt of a Company Order authenticate for original issue Global 

  

 26 

 
Notes in the aggregate principal amount specified in such Company Order; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Global Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be
authenticated and, in case of an issuance of Notes pursuant to Section 2.15, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Article Four. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only
in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof. 
  
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office
or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, which shall be in the Borough
of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company shall cause the Registrar to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Security Register”). The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form
capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. 
  

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions
of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying
Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as such Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands. The Company may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee;
provided that no such removal shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Agent to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Agent and
delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of this proviso. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as
Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or agent for service of notice and demands. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, and agent for service of notice and demands. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee as of each Regular Record Date and at such other times as the
Trustee may reasonably request the names and addresses of Holders as they appear in the Security Register, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each Holder. At the option of the Company, payment of principal and interest may be
made by check mailed to the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Security Register. 
  

 27 

 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time)
on each due date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due. The
Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in
making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written
request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee. If the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of
money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or
failure to act. 
  
 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. A
Holder may transfer a Note only by written application to the Registrar stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture. No such registration of transfer shall be effected until, and such
transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Holder only upon, final acceptance and registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Security Register. Prior to the registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the
Trustee, and any agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any such agent shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. Furthermore, any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by
the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the
transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations (including an exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its
requirements for such transactions are met (including that such Notes are duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee and Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or by an attorney who is
authorized in writing to act on behalf of the Holder); provided that no exchanges of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission and that any Notes that are
exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made
for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.08 or 9.04). 
  

 28 

 The Registrar shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the
transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 SECTION 2.07. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. (a) The U.S. Global Note and Offshore Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the
name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent
Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the
Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights
of a holder of any Note. 
  
 (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall
be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the rules and procedures of
the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. In addition, U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global
Note, respectively, (i) (A) if the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the
Company within 90 days of such notice, or (B) the Depositary has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of U.S. Physical
Notes and Offshore Physical Notes, (iii) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request therefor from the Depositary or (iv) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the
provisions of Section 2.08. 
  
 (c) Any beneficial interest in one
of the Global Notes that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and,
accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
  
 (d) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interests
in the U.S. Global Note or Permanent Offshore Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note or
Permanent Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note or Permanent Offshore Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, 

  

 29 

 
one or more U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of like tenor and amount. 
  
 (e) In connection with the transfer of the entire U.S. Global Note or
Offshore Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, an equal aggregate
principal amount of U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 
  
 (f) Any U.S. Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the U.S. Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section shall,
except as otherwise provided by paragraph (f) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the U.S. Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 (g) Any Offshore Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Temporary Offshore Global Note pursuant to
paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (f) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 (h) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and
persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.08. Special Transfer Provisions. Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective
Registration Statement pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the following provisions shall apply: 
  
 (a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration
of any proposed transfer of a Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 
  
 (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the
requested transfer is after the time period referred to in Rule 144(k) (taking into account the provisions of Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act, if applicable) under the Securities Act or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar
(A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time of transfer is less than $250,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act. 
  
 (ii) If the proposed
transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial 

  

 30 

	 	 
interest in the U.S. Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or
more U.S. Physical Certificates of like tenor and amount. 

  
 (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note to a QIB (excluding Non-U.S.
Persons): 
  
 (i) If the Note to be transferred
consists of (x) U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the
Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in
writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A or (y) an interest in the U.S. Global Note, the transfer of such interest may be effected only through the book entry system
maintained by the Depositary. 
  
 (ii) If the
proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Physical Notes,
to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the U.S. Physical Note so transferred. 
  
 (c) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Offshore Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration
of any proposed transfer of interests in the Temporary Offshore Global Note: 
  
 (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note (x) if the proposed transferee is a Non-U.S. Person and the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit D hereto or (y) if the proposed transferee is a QIB and the proposed transferor has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in
compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is 

  

 31 

 
being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or
has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  
 (ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon
receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i)(y) above and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an
increase in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note, in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the Temporary Offshore Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall decrease the amount of the Temporary Offshore
Global Note in such an amount. 
  
 (d)
Transfers of Interests in the Permanent Offshore Global Note or Unlegended Offshore Physical Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in the Permanent Offshore Global Note or unlegended Offshore
Physical Notes. The Registrar shall register the transfer of any such Note without requiring any additional certification. 
  
 (e) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons at Any Time. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Note to a
Non-U.S. Person: 
  
 (i) Prior to March 31, 2004,
the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor. 
  
 (ii) On and after March 31, 2004, the Registrar shall
register any proposed transfer to any Non-U.S. Person if the Note to be transferred is a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor.

  
 (iii) (a) If the proposed transferor is an
Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (ii) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global
Note to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books
and records the date and an increase in the principal amount at maturity of the Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Physical Notes or the U.S. Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred,
and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note, if any, so transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global Note. 
  
 (f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement
Legend, the Registrar shall deliver 

  

 32 

	 	 
Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement
Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) the circumstances contemplated by the second sentence of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.01 or paragraphs (a)(i)(x) or (e)(ii) of this Section
2.08 exist or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions transfer are required in order to maintain
compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. 

  
 (g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private
Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. The Registrar shall not register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this
Indenture. In connection with any transfer of Notes, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them may reasonably require to
confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a
determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other information. 
  
 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08. The
Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 
  
 SECTION 2.09. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to
the Trustee or if the Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall issue and the
Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided that the requirements of this Section 2.09 are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company,
an indemnity bond must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge such
Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a Note. In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note
instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
  
 Every
replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies against the Company and the Trustee
with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes. 
  

 33 

 SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been
authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee and the Company
receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on a maturity date or Redemption Date money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease
to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 
  
 A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds such Note, provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to
be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee has actual knowledge to be so owned shall
be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee
is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 
  
 SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officers executing the temporary Notes,
as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be
exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary Notes the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall be entitled to the
same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver
to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer,
exchange or payment. The Trustee (and no one else) shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedure. 
  

 34 

 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number
(if then generally in use), and the Company and the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state that no representation is made as
to the correctness of such CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and provided
further that failure to use CUSIP numbers in any notice of redemption or exchange shall not affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in “CUSIP” number for the Notes.

  
 SECTION 2.14. Defaulted Interest. If the Company
defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to the payment of any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the
Company for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the subsequent
special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
  
 SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable law, issue additional Notes under this Indenture. The Notes issued on the Closing Date and
any additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION 
  
 SECTION 3.01. Right of Redemption. (a) The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part,
at any time or from time to time, on or after February 15, 2006 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last address, as it appears in the Security
Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the following years: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Redemption
Price

	 
	 2006
	  	102.000	%
	 2007
	  	101.000	%
	 2008 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, at
any time prior to February 15, 2006, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at any time or from time to time, at a Redemption Price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 100% of their principal amount, plus a premium equal to the interest rate per annum on the Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given 

  

 35 

 
pursuant to Section 3.02, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of
Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date); provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued
on the Closing Date remains outstanding after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such redemption is mailed within 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
  
 SECTION 3.02. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (b), it shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which redemption shall occur. 
  
 The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.02 in an Officers’ Certificate at least 45 days
before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee). 
  
 SECTION 3.03. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements, as certified
to it by the Company, of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee
in its sole discretion shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Note of $1,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 
  
 The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption. Notes in denominations of $1,000 in principal
amount may only be redeemed in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000 in principal amount. Provisions of this
Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Registrar promptly in writing of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption.

  
 SECTION 3.04. Notice of Redemption. With respect to any
redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

  
 (i) the Redemption Date; 
  
 (ii) the Redemption Price; 
  
 (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

 
 (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered
to the Paying Agent in order to collect the Redemption Price; 
  

 36 

 (v) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to
the Paying Agent; 
  
 (vi) that, if any Note is
being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or
Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; and 
  
 (vii) that, if any Note contains a CUSIP number as provided in Section 2.13, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the
CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Company’s request (which request may be revoked by the Company at any time prior to the time at which the
Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), made in writing to the Trustee at least 45 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) before a Redemption Date, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
name and at the expense of the Company. If, however, the Company gives such notice to the Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such notice has been given. 
  
 SECTION 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender of any Notes to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the Redemption Date. 
  
 Notice of redemption
shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the Holder receives the notice. In any event, failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of Notes held by Holders to
whom such notice was properly given. 
  
 SECTION 3.06. Deposit
of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to pay
the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

  
 SECTION 3.07. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption.
If notice of redemption has been given in the manner provided above, the Notes or portion of Notes specified in such notice to be redeemed shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price stated therein, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to such Redemption Date, and on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes at the Redemption Price and accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, in which case the
principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the Notes), such Notes shall cease to 

  

 37 

 
accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption in accordance with a notice of redemption, such Note shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at
the Redemption Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders registered as
such at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date. 
  
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of any Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder without service charge, a new Note equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of such surrendered Note. 
  
 ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 
  
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Company shall pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any
of them) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, an installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the
due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with the last sentence of Section 2.05. As provided in Section 6.09, upon any bankruptcy or reorganization procedure relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent, if any,
for the Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay interest on overdue
principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum specified in the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Minneapolis,
Minnesota an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Minneapolis, Minnesota for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency. 
  
 The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04. 
  

 38 

 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and
severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the 2014 Notes issued on the
Closing Date, and any notes exchanged therefor under this Indenture and the 2014 Indenture, and any other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date); provided that the Company or the Parent Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving
effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom (i) in the case of the Parent Guarantor incurring Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Parent Guarantor would be greater than
zero and less than 6.0:1, and (ii) in the case of the Company incurring Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than zero and less than 4.5:1. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified below)
may Incur each and all of the following: (i) Indebtedness incurred under Credit Agreements outstanding at any time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300 million; (ii) Indebtedness owed (A) to the Company or the Parent Guarantor
evidenced by a promissory note or (B) to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness
(other than to the Company, Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii); (iii) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (ii), (iv), (viii), (ix) or (xii) of this paragraph (b)) and any refinancings thereof in an amount not to exceed the
amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided, however, that Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with,
or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (iii) if (A) in case the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari
passu with the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made pari
passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Notes, the Parent Guarantee or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable; (B) in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent
Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to
the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable; and (C) such
new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the
remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided further that in no event may (I) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to this clause (iii) or (II) Indebtedness of the Company be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A) in respect of 

  

 39 

 
performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided
that such agreements (I) are designed solely to protect the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries of either against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates and (II) do not increase the
Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder, and (C) arising from agreements
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries of either pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion
of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable, in connection with such disposition; (v) Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, and Guarantees thereof, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly (A) used to purchase Notes or 2014 Notes tendered in an Offer to
Purchase or an “Offer to Purchase” as defined in the 2014 Indenture made as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event or (B) deposited to defease the Notes pursuant to Article Eight or the 2014 Notes pursuant to Article Eight of the
2014 Indenture; (vi) Guarantees of the Notes and the 2014 Notes including the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees and Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or the Company by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that the Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of such Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the 2014 Notes) is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07; (vii) Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance
the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction, installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the foregoing) to acquire equipment, inventory or network assets (including
acquisitions by way of Capitalized Lease and acquisitions of the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent of the fair market value of the equipment, inventory or network assets so acquired plus goodwill associated
therewith) by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time may not exceed $150 million; (viii)
Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, (A) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person that is not the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor to the extent (I) such Net Cash Proceeds have not been used pursuant to clause (C)(2) of Section 4.04(a) or clause
(iii), (iv), (vi) or (vii) of Section 4.04(b) to make a Restricted Payment and (II) if such Net Cash Proceeds are used to consummate a transaction pursuant to which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, Incurs Acquired Indebtedness,
the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds exceeds one-half of the amount of Acquired Indebtedness so Incurred and (B) 80% of the fair market value of property (other than cash and cash equivalents) received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as
applicable, after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person that is not the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, to the extent (I) such sale of 

  

 40 

 
Capital Stock has not been used pursuant to clause (C)(2) of Section 4.04(a) or clause (iii), (iv), (vi) or (vii) of Section 4.04(b) to make a Restricted
Payment and (II) if such Capital Stock is used to consummate a transaction pursuant to which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, Incurs Acquired Indebtedness, 80% of the fair market value of the property received exceeds one-half of
the amount of Acquired Indebtedness so Incurred; provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes and has an Average Life longer than the Notes; (ix) Acquired Indebtedness; (x) Strategic Subordinated
Indebtedness; (xi) Indebtedness or related obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under (A) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements or cash management or similar treasury or custodial arrangements with
any Lender or an affiliate of a Lender or (B) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements (up to a maximum of $25 million at any one time outstanding measured by termination value) or cash management or similar treasury or custodial arrangements
with any Person that is not a Lender or an affiliate of any Lender; and (xii) subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (in addition to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (i) through (xi) above) in an aggregate principal
amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $200 million, less any amount of such Indebtedness permanently repaid as provided under Section 4.11. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted
Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 
  
 (d) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under
this Section 4.03, Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the above clauses, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and
from time to time may reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses. 
  
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency,
the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, provided that (x) the
Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Closing Date and (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such
Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness, converted into the currency in which the Indebtedness being refinanced is denominated at the currency exchange
rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses). The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the foreign currency 

  

 41 

 
exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

  
 (f) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally
agree that neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, to the same extent; provided that Indebtedness will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness
solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority. 
  
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the
Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock
(other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of the Company’s or the Parent Guarantor’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of (x) the Parent Guarantor or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Person or
(y) a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such
holder) of 5% or more of the Capital Stock of the Parent Guarantor, (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of any
Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee; or (iv) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments or any other actions described in
clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, (B) the Parent Guarantor could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under clause (i) of Section 4.03(a) or (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (the amount, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) made after the Existing High Yield Closing Date shall exceed the sum of (1) the amount by which Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor exceeds 150%
of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Parent Guarantor, in each case, determined on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Existing High
Yield Closing Date and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18, plus (2) the aggregate Net Cash
Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash proceeds received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the issuance and sale permitted by this Indenture of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, including an issuance or sale permitted by this 

  

 42 

 
Indenture of Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor for cash subsequent to the Existing High Yield Closing Date upon the conversion of such
Indebtedness into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to
acquire Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (in each case, exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes), in each case except to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds and non-cash proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 4.03(b), plus (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in
Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company, the Parent
Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from
redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments”), not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b) The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the
foregoing paragraph (a); (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including
premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under clauses (iii) and (xii) of Section 4.03(b); (iii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Parent
Guarantor or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Parent Guarantor (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); (iv) the making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of any Indebtedness which is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, shares of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); (v) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a
consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor; (vi)
Investments in any Person the primary business of which is related, ancillary or complementary to the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investments; provided that the aggregate
amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the sum of (a) $20 million plus (b) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non- 

  

 43 

 
cash proceeds received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the sale of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, except to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds and non-cash proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 4.03(b) or to make
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (C)(2) of paragraph (a), or clauses (iii), (iv) or (vii) of this paragraph (b), of this Section 4.04, plus (c) the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) resulting from distributions on
or repayments of such Investments or from the Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except in each case to the extent any such payment or proceeds is included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net
Income) or from such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments”), provided, however, that the net reduction in any Investment shall not exceed the amount
of such Investment; (vii) Investments acquired in exchange for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Guarantor or the Company (except to the extent such acquired property has been used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to
clause (C)(2) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.04 to make a Restricted Payment); (viii) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25 million; and (ix) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the
Company or the Parent Guarantor (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) from Persons who are or were formerly directors, officers or employees of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary,
provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases made in any calendar year pursuant to this clause (ix) shall not exceed $2.0 million; provided that, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) of this
paragraph (b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein. 
  
 (c) Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph (b) (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (ii) thereof, an
exchange of Capital Stock for Capital Stock or Indebtedness referred to in clause (iii) or (iv) thereof and an Investment referred to in clause (vi) or (vii) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash proceeds from
any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses (iii), (iv), (vi) and (vii), shall be included in calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.04 have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted
Payments. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent Guarantor are used for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Notes, or Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes, then the
Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.04 only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness. 
  
 SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any
Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

  

 44 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.05(a) shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions: (i) existing
on the Closing Date or any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings,
renewals or replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason of
applicable law or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) existing with respect to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or
assets of such Person so acquired, and any extensions, renewals or replacements of such encumbrances or restrictions; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, renewals or replacements are no
less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, renewed or replaced; (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.05, (A) that
restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or
right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture or (C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and
that do not, individually or in the aggregate, reduce the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and
imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; or (vi) contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or
any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (A) the encumbrance or restriction either (1) applies only in the event of a payment default or non-compliance with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness or
agreement or (2) is contained in a Credit Agreement, (B) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company) and (C) the Company
determines on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness that any such encumbrance or restriction would not be expected to materially impair the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes. Nothing contained in
this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in Section 4.09 or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or
assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 SECTION 4.06. Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and
severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not sell, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Restricted 

  

 45 

 
Subsidiary; (ii) issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries,
to the extent required by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving
effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.04 if made on the date of such issuance or sale; or (iv) issuances or sales of Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the Net Cash Proceeds, if any, of any such sale in compliance with Section 4.11. 
  
 SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally
agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor which is pari passu with
or subordinate in right of payment to the Parent Guarantee or to Guarantee any of the Company’s Indebtedness which is pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes (any such Indebtedness being the “Guaranteed
Indebtedness”), unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such
Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became
a Restricted Subsidiary and was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and (iii) if the Guaranteed Indebtedness is Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Company would have been
permitted to Incur such Guaranteed Indebtedness pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 4.03(a). If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari passu with the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, as applicable, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed
Indebtedness shall be pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B) subordinated to the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantee
at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and
discharged upon (i) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, of all of the Company’s, the Parent Guarantor’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock in, or all or
substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except
a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliate. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, 

  

 46 

 
without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with a Related Person or with any Affiliate
of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or,
if such transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not such a Related Person or an Affiliate. 
  
 The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i)
transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (B) for which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized
investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; (ii) any transaction solely between the Company or the Parent Guarantor and any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor who are not employees of the Company or the Parent
Guarantor; (iv) any transaction with respect to the lease or sharing or other use of cable or fiber lines, equipment, transmission capacity, right-of-way or other access rights, between the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary
and any other Person; provided that such transaction is on terms that (A) are consistent with past practice of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company,
the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person (or, in the event that there
are no comparable transactions involving unrelated Persons to apply for comparative purposes, is otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, has determined to be fair to the Company or the Parent
Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary) or (v) any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 4.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related transactions covered by the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 and
not covered by clauses (ii) through (v) of this paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $20 million in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (i)(A) or (B) above. 
  
 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Liens. The Company and the Parent
Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of
its assets or properties of any character (including, without limitation, licenses), or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, except Permitted Liens. 
  
 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally
agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, enter into any sale-leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or properties whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or
properties which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred. 
  

 47 

 The foregoing restriction shall not apply to any sale-leaseback transaction if (i) the lease is for a
period, including renewal rights, of not in excess of three years; (ii) the lease secures or relates to industrial revenue or pollution control bonds; (iii) the transaction is solely between the Company or the Parent Guarantor and any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iv) the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount not less than the net proceeds received from such sale in compliance with Section
4.11. 
  
 SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The
Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless (i)
the consideration received by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received consists of cash, Temporary
Cash Investments or the assumption of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Parent Guarantee), the Company (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes) or a Restricted Subsidiary
(other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee) and unconditional release of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on the Indebtedness assumed; provided,
however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to long-term assignments of capacity in a telecommunications network. 
  
 (b) In the event and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from one or more
Asset Sales occurring on or after the Closing Date in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a consolidated
balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries has been filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 4.18), then the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall or shall cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to (i) within 12 months after
the date Net Cash Proceeds so received exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (A) apply an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds less any amounts invested within 6 months prior to such Asset Sale in property or assets of a
nature or type or that are used in a business (or in a company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company, the
Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Asset Sale (the “Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds”) to permanently repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
providing a Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case, owing to a Person other than the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount of Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds not so applied pursuant to
clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within 12 months after the date of such agreement), in property or assets (other than current assets) of a nature or type or that are used in a business (or in a company having
property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of
such investment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (ii) apply (no later than the end of the 12-month period 

  

 48 

 
referred to in clause (i)) such excess Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause (i)) as provided in paragraph (c) of this
Section 4.11. The amount of such excess Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and not applied as so required by the end
of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 
  
 (c) If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.11 totals at least $20 million, the Company shall commence, not later than
the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal amount of Notes and to the extent permitted or required by the terms thereof, any other Indebtedness of the
Company or the Parent Guarantor that is pari passu with the Notes or the Parent Guarantee (including, without limitation, the 2014 Notes), equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes and such other Indebtedness, if applicable, on the relevant Payment Date, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use
those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in response to such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. 
  
 SECTION 4.12. Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control. The
Company shall commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the relevant
Payment Date, plus accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date. 
  
 SECTION 4.13. Existence. Subject to Articles Four and Five of this Indenture, the Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall do or cause to be done all things
necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their respective existences and the existence of each of their Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each
Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (whether pursuant to charter, partnership certificate, agreement, statute or otherwise), licenses and franchises of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided that neither
the Company nor the Parent Guarantor shall be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business
of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 SECTION 4.14. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall pay or discharge and shall cause each of their
Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon (a) the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any
such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or profits of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary which is a corporation or (c) the property of the Company, the Parent 

  

 49 

 
Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien
upon the property of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor shall be required to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax,
assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established. 
  
 SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. The Company and
the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of their business or the business of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in
good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company and the Parent
Guarantor may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.15 shall prevent the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted
Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall provide or
cause to be provided, for themselves and the Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties with
reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as the Company and the Parent Guarantor in good faith shall determine to
be reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances. 
  
 SECTION
4.16. Notice of Defaults. In the event that any Officer of the Company or the Parent Guarantor becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 SECTION 4.17. Compliance Certificates. The Parent Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event
of Default that occurred during such fiscal year and, that a review has been conducted of the activities of each of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company’s, the Parent Guarantor’s and the
Restricted Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture and that the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries have complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. If any of the Officers of the Parent
Guarantor signing such certificate has knowledge of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe any such Default or Event of Default and its status. 
  
 SECTION 4.18. Commission Reports and Reports to Holders. The Parent Guarantor shall file with the Commission all such
reports and other information required by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, regardless of whether such Sections of the Exchange Act are applicable to the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall supply the Trustee and each Holder

  

 50 

 
or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each such Holder, at such Holder’s request and without cost to such Holder, copies of such reports and
other information within 15 days after the date it would have been required to file such reports or other information with the Commission had it been subject to such Sections; provided, however, that the copies of such reports mailed
to Holders may omit exhibits which the Company shall supply to any Holder at such Holder’s request. The Parent Guarantor also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a). 
  
 SECTION 4.19. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company
covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would
prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenant that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  
 SECTION 4.20. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree to cause each Person that becomes a
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor following the Closing Date (and is eligible to be a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the definition thereof) and any other entity that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company
or the Parent Guarantor or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or the Parent Guarantor to execute and deliver to the trustee supplemental indentures pursuant to which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or other entity shall
guarantee the payment and performance of the Notes at the time such Person becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees any such Indebtedness, as applicable. 
  
 SECTION 4.21. Delivery of Security Documents. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree to,
and to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to, deliver to the Trustee as soon as practical, but in no event later than 90 days after the Closing Date, Security Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, together with (i) satisfactory
evidence that all filings in all filing or recording offices necessary or desirable to ensure that the Trustee has a valid and subsisting Lien on all of the Collateral have been made, (ii) evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have
been paid, and (iii) opinions or certificates as required by the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall extend the date for compliance with this covenant or waive such compliance with respect to any assets (forming part of the
Collateral) the aggregate book value of which (A) does not, following the expiry of such 90-day period, exceed 10% of the book value of the Parent Guarantor’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of the end of the last quarter for which
financial statements have been provided to the Commission pursuant to the provisions under Section 4.18 and (B) does not, following the expiry of a period of 120 days following the Closing Date, exceed 5% of such book value, in each case, as
certified to the Trustee by the Parent Guarantor in an Officer’s Certificate (on which the Trustee may conclusively rely). 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 

 
 SECTION 5.01. When Company and the Parent Guarantor May Merge, Etc.
The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that neither the Company nor the 

  

 51 

 
Parent Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, unless: (i) the
Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as
applicable, is merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction
thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, on all of the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, as applicable, and
under this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Company or the
Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the Notes, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); provided that this clause (iii) shall not apply to (x) a
consolidation, merger or sale of all (but not less than all) of the assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, if all Liens and Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Person becoming the
successor obligor on the Notes, as the case may be, and their Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately after such transaction would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and all such Liens and Indebtedness, other than
Liens and Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, and their Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the transaction, shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture or (y) a
consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, if immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as
applicable, or any Person becoming the successor obligor on the Notes shall have a Consolidated Leverage Ratio equal to or less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, immediately prior to such
transaction; (iv) the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with clause (iii) above) and an Opinion of Counsel, in each
case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture complies with this provision and that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such transaction have been complied with; (v) the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or the Person formed by such consolidation or merger, as applicable, shall cause such amendments or other instruments to be filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the
Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to such Person, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral, which may be perfected by the filing of a
financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant jurisdictions; (vi) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Person formed by such consolidation or merger, as applicable, shall: (a)
continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents and (b) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and (vii) the Company or the Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to the trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and, if supplemental indentures or supplemental Security Documents are required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indentures and Security Documents comply
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that such supplemental indentures and Security Documents are enforceable, subject to customary
qualifications; provided, however, that clause (iii) above does not apply if, in 

  

 52 

 
the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, whose determination shall be evidenced by a
Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable; and provided further that any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes
the evasion of the foregoing limitations. In addition, clause (iii) shall not apply to any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company, the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
  
 SECTION 5.02. Successor Substituted. Upon
any consolidation or merger, or any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in accordance with Section 5.01 of this
Indenture, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Security Documents, or of the Parent Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee and the Security Documents, with the same effect as if such successor
Person had been named as the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided that the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall not be released from their obligations or covenants under this Indenture and the
Security Documents, including with respect to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes in the case of: (i) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment,
conveyance or other disposition is of all the assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, as an entirety or virtually as an entirety) or (ii) a lease. 
  
 ARTICLE SIX 
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
  
 SECTION 6.01. Events of
Default. Any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder: 
  
 (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
acceleration, redemption or otherwise; 
  
 (b)
default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 
  
 (c) default in the performance or breach of the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11 or Section 4.12; 
  
 (d) the Company or the Parent Guarantor defaults in the
performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above), and such default or breach
continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to the Company and the Trustee; 
  

 53 

 (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $20 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (A) an event
of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30
days of such acceleration and/or (B) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default;

  
 (f) any final judgment or order (not covered
by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $20 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final
judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $20 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

  
 (g) a court having jurisdiction in the
premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B)
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a
period of 30 consecutive days; 
  
 (h) the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary
case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all
or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 
  
 (i) (A) Subsidiary Guarantees provided by Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantees or the terms of this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guarantee; or (B) the Parent Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or the Parent Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Parent Guarantee; or 
  
 (j) (A) default by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor in the performance of the
Security Documents which adversely affects the 

  

 54 

 
enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the 2011 Note Liens or which adversely affects the condition or value of the Collateral, in each case,
taken as a whole, in any material respect, (B) repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of such Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of its or their
obligations under the Security Documents or (C) the determination in a judicial proceeding that all or any material portion of the Security Documents, taken as a whole, are unenforceable or invalid, for any reason, against the Company, the Parent
Guarantor or any of such Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. 
  
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 that occurs with
respect to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary Guarantor) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the
Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a
declaration of acceleration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (e) of Section 6.01 has occurred
and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e) shall be remedied or cured by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the
relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 occurs with
respect to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration
or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
  
 At any
time after such declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for the payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the
Company and to the Trustee, may waive all past Defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (a) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued
interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (b) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 
  
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture (including, without limitation, exercising its rights under the Security Documents, but subject to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement). 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a
proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. 
  

 55 

 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on any Note as specified in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. Upon any such waiver,
such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 6.05. Control by
Majority. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee; provided that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction; and provided further that the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders
of Notes. 
  
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder
may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 
  
 (i) the Holder has previously given the Trustee written
notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (ii)
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy; 
  
 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

  
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
  
 (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a
direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
  
 For purposes
of Section 6.05 of this Indenture and this Section 6.06, the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 316(a) in making any determination of whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have concurred in any
request or direction of the Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee or the Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or otherwise under the law. 
  
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over
such other Holder. 
  

 56 

 SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own
name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor of the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal, premium, if any,
and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
  
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies,
securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in
any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it
for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or
consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 SECTION 6.10.
Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee for all amounts due under Section 7.07; 
  
 Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Company or
any other obligors of the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. 
  

 57 

 The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 SECTION
6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require any party
litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit having due regard to the merits
and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes. 
  
 SECTION 6.12. Restoration of Rights and
Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to
such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Company, Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
  
 SECTION 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost
or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
  
 SECTION 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article Six or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by
the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
  
 ARTICLE
SEVEN 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 7.01. General. The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the TIA and as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if
it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating
to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Article Seven. 
  

 58 

 SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d): 

 
 (i) the Trustee may rely, and shall be protected in
acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person; 
  
 (ii) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 12.04. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion; 
  
 (iii) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney
or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder; 
  
 (iv) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 
  
 (v) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its
rights or powers, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute gross negligence or bad faith; 
  
 (vi) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to
taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate; 
  
 (vii) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but
the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company personally or by agent or attorney; 
  
 (viii) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order and any resolution of
the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 
  
 (ix) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by
it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 
  

 59 

 (x) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
with respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event
of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes; and 
  
 (xi) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may
otherwise deal with the Company or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311. 
  
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes
other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 SECTION 7.05.
Notice of Default. If any Default or any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section
313(c) notice of the Default or Event of Default within 45 days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in
good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
  
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 1, beginning with May 1, 2005, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such
May 1, if required by TIA Section 313(a). 
  
 A copy of each
report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the
Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof. 
  
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for its services hereunder. The compensation of the Trustee shall not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by the Trustee without negligence or bad faith on its
part. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  

 60 

 The Company and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it
harmless against, any loss or liability or expense incurred by it without gross negligence or bad faith on its part in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture and its duties under this Indenture, the Notes, the
Intercreditor Agreement and any Security Document, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Security Document. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to
so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, unless the Company or any Guarantor is materially prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. Unless
otherwise set forth herein, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to pay for any settlement made without their
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnity against loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through gross negligence or bad faith.

  
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
particular Notes. 
  
 If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders
services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code or any applicable federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the termination of this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the
Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed
resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee
if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of
acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy
exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes 

  

 61 

 
may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance
required by the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 7.08 within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, at the
expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after the delivery of
such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment
unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 
  
 If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or shall fail to comply with TIA Section 310(b), any Holder who satisfies the requirements of TIA
Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.08,
the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in this Section. 
  
 The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders. Each notice
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 
  
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligation under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking
association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee herein, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article.

  
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility. This Indenture shall always
have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition that is subject to the
requirements of applicable federal or state supervising or examining authority. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect specified in this Article. 
  
 SECTION 7.11. Money Held
in Trust. The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law and except for money held in trust under Article Eight of this Indenture. 
  

 62 

 ARTICLE EIGHT 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
  
 SECTION
8.01. Termination of Company’s Obligations. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.01, the Company may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture if: 
  
 (i) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other
than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or Notes for whose payment money or securities have theretofore been held in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in
Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by them hereunder; or 
  
 (ii) (A) the Notes mature within one year or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory
to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee during such one-year period, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as
trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee), without consideration of any reinvestment of any interest thereon, to pay principal, premium, if, any, and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it
hereunder, (C) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit, (D) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or
any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which they are bound and (E) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent
provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
  
 With respect to the foregoing clause (i), the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall survive. With respect to the foregoing clause (ii), the
Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in
Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving
obligations specified above. 
  
 SECTION 8.02. Defeasance and
Discharge of Indenture. The Obligors will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the Notes on the 123rd day after the date of the deposit referred to in clause (A) of this Section 8.02, and the
provisions of this Indenture will no longer be in effect with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same if: 
  
 (A) with reference to this Section 8.02, the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms
of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and 

  

 63 

 
substance satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, in and to (1) money in an amount, (2) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and
principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (A), money in an amount or (3) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of
all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest;
provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 
  
 (B) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (1) either (x)
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will be subject to federal income tax on
the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, which Opinion of Counsel shall be based upon (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to
the same effect unless there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law after the Closing Date such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect
as the aforementioned Opinion of Counsel and (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except,
with respect to any trust funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect
of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law; 
  
 (C) immediately after giving effect to such deposit, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day after such date of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement
or instrument to which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (D) if the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 
  
 (E) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02 have been complied with. 
  

 64 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the end of the 123-day (or one-year) period referred to in clause
(B)(2) of this Section 8.02, none of the Company’s or the Parent Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture shall be discharged. Subsequent to the end of such 123-day (or one-year) period with respect to this Section 8.02, the
Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06 and the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall survive until the Notes are no
longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. If and when a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (B)(1) of this Section
8.02 is able to be provided specifically without regard to, and not in reliance upon, the continuance of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.01, then the Company’s obligations under such Section 4.01 shall cease upon delivery to the
Trustee of such ruling or Opinion of Counsel and compliance with the other conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02. 
  
 After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the
Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding paragraph. 
  
 SECTION 8.03. Defeasance of Certain Obligations. The Obligors may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in clause (iii) of
Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03 through 4.12 and Sections 4.20 and 4.21, and clause (c) of Section 6.01 with respect to clauses (iii) of Section 5.01, clause (d) of Section 6.01 with respect to Sections 4.01 through 4.12, 4.20 and 4.21, and clauses
(e) and (f) of Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default, in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes if: 
  
 (i) with reference to this Section 8.03, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or
another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the
Holders, in and to (A) money in an amount, (B) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due
date of any payment referred to in this clause (i), money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee,
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S.
Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 
  
 (ii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the creation of the defeasance trust does not
violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (B) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes 

  

 65 

 
of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, (C) the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of
Default and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred and (D) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, has a
valid first-priority security interest in the trust funds; 
  
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day
after such date of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (iv) the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 
  
 (v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.03 have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Sections 8.05 and 8.06, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money or U.S.
Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, and shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture to the payment of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 SECTION 8.05. Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the
Company upon request set forth in an Officers’ Certificate any excess money held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon
request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or Paying Agent before being required to make any payment may cause to be published at
the expense of the Company once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the Security Register) notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing) any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders
entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
  
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable
to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the 

  

 66 

 
case may be, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, until such time
as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or
Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE NINE 
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by a resolution of their
respective Boards of Directors (as evidenced by Board Resolutions), and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Holder: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture; provided that such amendments
or supplements shall not, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor as evidenced by a Board Resolution, adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; 
  
 (2) to comply with Article Five; 
  
 (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in
connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  
 (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee; 
  
 (5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (6) to add one or more additional Guarantees on the terms
required by this Indenture; 
  
 (7) to make any
change that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor as evidenced by a Board Resolution, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
  
 (8) to add any additional assets to the Collateral;

  
 (9) to reflect the grant of Liens on the
Collateral for the benefit of an additional secured party, to the extent that such Indebtedness and the Lien securing such Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and 
  

 67 

 (10) to release Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents
when permitted or required by this Indenture or the Security Documents. 
  
 In addition, the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, enter into any amendments or modifications of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement as necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby
and, by this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of
Holders. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 and without prior notice to the Holders, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by their Board of Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), and the
Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary Guarantors with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security
Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. 
  
 Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 9.02, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not: 
  
 (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note; 
  
 (ii) reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or
interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any Note; 
  
 (iii) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on, any Note; 
  
 (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of redemption,
on or after the Redemption Date) on any Note or the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (v) reduce the percentage or principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is necessary to modify or amend this
Indenture or to waive compliance with certain provisions of or certain Defaults under this Indenture; 
  
 (vi) waive a default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on, any Note; 

 
 (vii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02,
except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby; 
  
 (viii) release the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary
Guarantee other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; or 
  

 68 

 (ix) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens created by the
Security Documents except as specifically provided by this Indenture and the Security Documents. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or
waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company
will mail supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. 

 
 SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consent. Until an amendment
or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder, even if notation of the
consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of its Note. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective on receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

  
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were
Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies) and only those Persons shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders
after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it is of the type described in the second paragraph of
Section 9.02. In case of an amendment or waiver of the type described in the second paragraph of Section 9.02, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same
indebtedness as the Note of the consenting Holder. 
  
 SECTION
9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver such Note to the Trustee. At the Company’s expense, the Trustee may place an
appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in
exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation, or issue a new Note, shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement
or waiver. 
  
 SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments,
Etc. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 

  

 69 

 
12.03 and stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall sign such amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of
the Trustee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 SECTION 9.06. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental
indenture executed pursuant to this Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 ARTICLE TEN 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
  
 SECTION 10.01. Note Guarantees. Subject to this Article Ten, each
Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations
of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, and interest on the overdue premium, if any, and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly
paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, such Guarantor
shall be obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  
 Subject to Section 10.02, each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, each Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or
any Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  

 70 

 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the
Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Holders and the Trustee, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may
be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and
by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that this Note Guarantee does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree
that the obligations of each Guarantor under this Note Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of each Guarantor that
are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under this Note Guarantee to not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its execution and delivery of this Indenture or any
supplemental indentures pursuant to Sections 4.07 and 4.20 and this Section 10.03 shall evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 without the need for any further notation on the Notes. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation relating to such Note Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or any supplemental indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Notes or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
  
 In the event that the
Company or the Parent Guarantor creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries or other guarantors subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.07 or 4.20, the Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree to cause
such Subsidiaries or other guarantors to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.07 or 4.20 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable. In addition, the Parent Guarantor and the Company
jointly and severally agree to cause each of the following Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Prospective Subsidiary Guarantors”) to execute and deliver, as soon as practicable but in no event later than 90 days following the Closing
Date, a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for issuance by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of a Subsidiary Guarantee of payment of the Notes: (i) 

  

 71 

 
Time Warner Telecom of Georgia, L.P., (ii) Time Warner Telecom of Hawaii, L.P., (iii) Time Warner Telecom of Indiana, L.P., (iv) Time Warner Telecom of the
Mid-South, LLC, (v) Time Warner Telecom of New Jersey, L.P., (vi) Time Warner Telecom – N.Y., L.P., and (vii) Time Warner Telecom of Arizona LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall extend the date for compliance with the covenant
set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or waive such compliance with respect to such Prospective Subsidiary Guarantors which in the aggregate have assets (forming part of the Collateral) the aggregate book value of which (A) does not,
following the expiry of such 90-day period, exceed 10% of the book value of the Parent Guarantor’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of the end of the last quarter for which financial statements have been provided to the Commission
pursuant to the provisions under Section 4.18 and (B) does not, following the expiry of a period of 120 days following the Closing Date, exceed 5% of such book value, in each case, as certified to the Trustee by the Parent Guarantor in an
Officer’s Certificate (on which the Trustee may conclusively rely). The Parent Guarantor and the Company further jointly and severally agree that, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary herein, each such Prospective Subsidiary
Guarantor shall, upon execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, be deemed to be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes hereunder (including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 4.21 and this Article Ten). The Parent Guarantor
and the Company jointly and severally represent and warrant that the Prospective Subsidiary Guarantors are, on the date hereof, excluded from being Subsidiary Guarantors solely by virtue of clause (1) of the definition of Subsidiary Guarantor and
that all of the existing Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and the Parent Company other than the Prospective Subsidiary Guarantors and those Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that shall have executed this Indenture as of the date hereof
are, by virtue of clause (2) of such definition, excluded from being Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 SECTION 10.04. Release of Subsidiary Guarantor. (a) Any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, (i) upon any sale or other disposition (in a
transaction that complies with this Indenture) by the Company, the Parent Guarantor and their Restricted Subsidiaries of their Capital Stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor immediately
following such sale or disposition ceases to be a Subsidiary of any such entity; (ii) upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with this Indenture; (iii) if the Company properly
designates that Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture; or (iv) upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof, except a
discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied
and the conditions to the release of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Section 10.04 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (b) Any Subsidiary Guarantor not
released, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, interest, premium, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, on the Notes and for
the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article Ten. 
  

 72 

 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS 
  
 SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents. (a) In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the Notes, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors have entered into and delivered to the Trustee the
Security Agreement and the other Security Documents, in each case, to which it is a party, to create the 2011 Note Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the terms thereof. Pursuant to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the rights
and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral shall be subordinate and subject to the rights and remedies of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations under the Priority Lien Documents. In the event of a conflict
between the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement or Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents shall control. 
  
 (b) The Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall comply with all covenants and agreements contained in the Security Documents the
failure to comply with which would have a material and adverse effect on the 2011 Note Liens purported to be created thereby. 
  
 (c) Each Holder of each Note by its acceptance of that Note acknowledges and agrees that: 
  
 (i) this Indenture, as originally executed and delivered by the parties hereto, does not create any Lien on
any Collateral which secures the 2011 Note Obligations under this Indenture; 
  
 (ii) the Intercreditor Agreement provides that the 2011 Note Liens created by the Security Documents automatically will be released and extinguished with respect to any Collateral that is transferred or otherwise
disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Priority Lien Documents; 
  
 (iii) without the necessity of any consent of or notice to the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, the Company, the Parent Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Priority Lien Agent may amend, modify, supplement
or terminate any Priority Lien Security Document; 
  
 (iv) as among the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations and the Priority Lien Agent, prior to the Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, the holders of Priority Lien Obligations and the Priority Lien
Agent will have the sole ability to control and obtain remedies with respect to all Collateral (including on sale or liquidation of any Collateral after acceleration of the Priority Lien Obligations) without the necessity of any consent of or notice
to the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes; and 
  
 (v) without the necessity of any consent of or notice to the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor may request and instruct the Priority Lien Agent to, on behalf of each holder of
Priority Lien Obligations, (A) execute and deliver to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, for the benefit of any Person, such release documents as may be reasonably requested, of all liens and security
interests held by the Priority Lien Agent in any 

  

 73 

 
assets, (in which case the 2011 Note Liens on such assets shall automatically be released), and (B) deliver any such assets in the possession of the Priority
Lien Agent to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be; provided that any such release complies with the terms of the Priority Lien Documents, the Security Documents and this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.02. Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Upon any
realization upon the Collateral, the proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. 
  

SECTION 11.03. Possession, Use and Release of Collateral. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, subject to the terms
of the Priority Lien Security Documents and the Security Documents, the Company and the Guarantors shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral securing the 2011 Note Obligations (other than any
Collateral delivered to the Priority Lien Agent or the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Priority Lien Security Documents or the Security Documents and other than as set forth in the Priority Lien Security Documents or the Security
Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. 
  
 SECTION 11.04. Opinion of Counsel; Certificates of the Company. The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Collateral Agent and the
Trustee (i) immediately prior to the issuance of the Exchange Notes and (ii) on February 1 of each year beginning with February 1, 2005, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of such date, either (a) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, (i)
action has been taken with respect to the recording, registering, filing, re-recording, re-registering and re-filing of this Indenture, all supplemental indentures, financing statements, continuation statements or notices, recordings or other
instruments of further assurance as is necessary to maintain the 2011 Note Liens and reciting the details of such action or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, and (ii) based on relevant laws as in effect on the
date of such Opinion of Counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary as of such date and during the succeeding 12 months fully to preserve and perfect the 2011 Note Liens, to the
extent the 2011 Note Liens can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement; or (b) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such 2011 Note Liens as effective and perfected. The Company and the
Guarantors shall otherwise comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b). In addition, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of
property or securities from the 2011 Note Liens or relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the 2011 Note Liens, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA § 314(d) may be made
by an Officer of the Company, except in cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 11, the Company shall not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA §314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of TIA
§314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission or its staff, including “no action”‘ letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA §314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series
of released Collateral. 
  

 74 

 SECTION 11.05. Further Assurances. (a) With respect to each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or the Parent Guarantor that after the date of this Indenture becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, shall promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee such amendments to the
Security Agreement or any other Security Documents as the Trustee deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, a perfected security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary Guarantor,
(ii) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, deliver to the Trustee the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated indorsements, in blank, executed and delivered by an appropriate person of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary Guarantor to (A) become a party to the Security Agreement or any other Security Document as appropriate and (B) take such actions necessary or
advisable to grant to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Notes a perfected security interest in the Collateral described in the Security Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary Guarantor, including the filing of financing statements
in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Trustee and (iv) if reasonably requested by the Trustee (and consistent with the opinion coverage provided on the date of this Indenture),
deliver to the Trustee legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. 
  
 (b) With respect to any interest in any real property (fee, leasehold or otherwise) located in the United States having a
value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $7,500,000 (net of any amount of any third party mortgage on such property existing when acquired) acquired after the date of this Indenture (it being understood and agreed that no real property
not meeting such criteria shall be required to be pledged by this Section 11.05(b) or the Security Documents) by the Company or any of the Guarantors (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by clause (vii) or (xxii)
of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), the Company or such Guarantor shall promptly (i) execute and deliver a mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, in favor of the
Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, covering such real property, (ii) if requested by the Trustee, provide (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such
real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Trustee) as well as a current ALTA or equivalent survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or
advisable by the Trustee in connection with such mortgage or deed of trust, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee legal opinions
relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. 
  
 (c) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall, at its own expense, make, execute, endorse,
acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Trustee from time to time such lists, descriptions and designations of its Collateral, warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices,
schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances 

  

 75 

 
or instruments and take such further steps relating to the Collateral and other property or rights covered by the 2011 Note Liens, which the Trustee deems
reasonably appropriate or advisable to perfect, preserve or protect its 2011 Note Liens in the Collateral. 
  
 SECTION 11.06. Trust Indenture Act Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the 2011 Note Liens or the release of, in whole or in part, the
2011 Note Liens created by any of the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the 2011 Note Liens in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or the 2011 Note Liens are released pursuant to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement or the applicable Security Documents. Each of the Holders of the Notes acknowledge that a release of Collateral or 2011 Note Liens strictly in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents
and this Indenture will not be deemed for any purpose to be an impairment of the Security Documents or otherwise contrary to the terms of this Indenture. So long as any Priority Lien Obligations are outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall
comply with TIA § 314(d) relating to the release of property or securities from the 2011 Note Liens hereof but only to the extent required by the TIA (as determined by the Company in accordance with and in the manner prescribed by the last
sentence of Section 11.04). 
  
 SECTION 11.07. Authorization of
Actions to Be Taken. (a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced
from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and empowers the Trustee to bind the Holders of
Notes and other holders of 2011 Note Obligations as set forth in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations, exercise its rights and powers and take any action permitted or required thereunder. 

 
 (b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of
the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under this Indenture and the Security Documents and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) Subject to Article Seven and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee
may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders of Notes, direct, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 
  
 (i) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the
Note Liens; 
  
 (ii) enforce any of the terms of
the Security Documents; or 
  
 (iii) collect and
receive payment of any and all Note Obligations. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized and
empowered to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to protect or enforce the 2011 Note Liens or the Security Documents or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation
of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, 

  

 76 

 
including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental
enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the 2011 Note Liens or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders of Notes or the
Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 11.08. Rights of the Trustee. (a) The
Trustee will act as Collateral Agent and, as Collateral Agent, will be entitled to the protections, immunities and indemnities afforded the Trustee. 
  
 (b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-Collateral Agents as it deems necessary or appropriate. 
  
 (c) Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective
officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the
creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any 2011 Note Lien, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the 2011 Note Liens or Security Documents or for any delay in doing so.

  
 (d) The Collateral Agent will be subject to such directions as
may be given it by the Trustee from time to time as required or permitted by this Indenture. Except as directed by the Trustee and as required or permitted by this Indenture, the Security Documents, or the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral
Agent will not be obligated: 
  
 (i) to act upon
directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person; 
  
 (ii) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Note Lien; or 
  
 (iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Note Liens, Security Documents or Collateral. 
  
 (e) The Collateral Agent will be accountable only for amounts that it
actually receives as a result of the enforcement of the Note Liens or Security Documents. 
  
 (f) In acting as Collateral Agent or co-Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent and each co-Collateral Agent may rely upon and enforce each and all of the rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and benefits of the
Trustee under Article Seven. 
  
 (g) Each successor Trustee will
become the successor Collateral Agent as and when the successor Trustee becomes the Trustee. 
  
 (h) At all times when the Trustee is not itself the Collateral Agent, the Company will deliver to the Trustee copies of all Security Documents delivered to the Collateral Agent and copies of all documents delivered to
the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. 
  

 77 

 SECTION 11.09. Release upon Termination of 2011 Note Obligations. In the event that the Company
delivers an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that its obligations under this Indenture have been satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of Article Eight, the Trustee shall (i) execute and deliver such
releases, termination statements and other instruments (in recordable form, where appropriate) as the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, may reasonably request to evidence the termination of the 2011 Note Liens
and (ii) not be deemed to hold the 2011 Note Liens for its benefit and the benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 11.10. Release of Collateral. If and to the extent that the Priority Liens are released (at any time prior to the Discharge of Priority
Lien Obligations), in accordance with the terms of the Priority Lien Documents, with respect to any asset of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor constituting part of the Collateral, the 2011 Note Liens shall be
automatically released from such asset as well. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall execute any releases or other documents and take any other measures as shall be necessary to effectuate the foregoing. 
  
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of and to govern
indentures qualified under the TIA. After the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed
by such provisions. 
  
 SECTION 12.02. Notices. Any notice
or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person, mailed by first-class mail or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows: 
  
 if to the Company or the Parent Guarantor: 
  
 Time Warner Telecom Inc. 
 10475 Park Meadows Drives 
 Littleton, CO 80124 
 Telecopier No.: (303) 566-1777 
 Attention:
Paul B. Jones 
  
 if to the Trustee: 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 N9303-120, Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 
 Telecopier No.: (612) 667-9825 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
  

 78 

 The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 Any notice or
communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to it at its address as it appears on the Security Register by first-class mail and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also
be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Copies of any such communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Failure to mail notice or communication to a Holder as provided herein or any
defect in any such notice or communication shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Except for a notice to the Trustee, which is deemed given only when received, and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a notice
or communication is mailed in the manner provided in this Section 12.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such
waiver. 
  
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail
service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with
other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
  
 SECTION 12.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to
the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
  

SECTION 12.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
  
 (i) a statement that each person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 
  

 79 

 (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; 
  
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;
provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
  
 SECTION 12.05. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied
in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Holders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and except as herein
otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
  
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument
or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or
writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient
proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
  
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Security Register.

  
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note or the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered
or omitted to be done by the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  
 (e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may,
at its option, by Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to
do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), any such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not more than 

  

 80 

 
30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and no later than the date such solicitation is completed. 

 
 If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders
of the requisite proportion of Notes outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Notes outstanding shall be computed as of
the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months
after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such
solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law. 
  
 (f) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note
issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon
such Note. 
  
 SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or
Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
  
 SECTION 12.07. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Payment Date,
Stated Maturity or date of maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note, as the case may be, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business
Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or date of maturity of such Note; provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for
the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity, as the case may be. 
  
 SECTION 12.08. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The Trustee, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Holders agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This
Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Parent Guarantor or the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor or the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret
this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against
Others. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor contained in this Indenture or in any 

  

 81 

 
of the Notes, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator or against any past, present or
future partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person, as such, of either the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any successor Persons, either directly or through the Company,
the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any successor Persons, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such
liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 12.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  
 SECTION 12.12. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 SECTION 12.13.
Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

  
 SECTION 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The
Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms
and provisions hereof. 
  

 82 

 SIGNATURES 
  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

					
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM INC

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS II LLC

	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM GENERAL
 PARTNERSHIP

	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

  

 F-1 

					
	
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM OF ILLINOIS LLC

	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM OF COLORADO LLC

	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	 TIME WARNER TELECOM OF MINNESOTA LLC

	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

  

 2 

					
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF SOUTH CAROLINA LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF CALIFORNIA, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF FLORIDA, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

  

 3 

					
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF OHIO, LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF TEXAS, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF WISCONSIN, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

  

 4 

					
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF NORTH CAROLINA, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF IDAHO LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF NEVADA LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

  

 5 

					
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF NEW MEXICO LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF OREGON LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF UTAH LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF WASHINGTON LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

  

 6 

					
	TW TELECOM L.P.
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
general partner

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tina Davis

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Tina Davis

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President
 and Deputy General Counsel

	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jeffery Rose

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Jeffrey Rose

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Corporate Trust Officer

  

 7Indenture Due 2014

  
 EXHIBIT 4.4 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC., 
  
 Company 

 
 TIME WARNER TELECOM INC., 
  
 Parent Guarantor 
  
 THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTIES HERETO 
  
 and 
  
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
  
 Trustee 
  

  
 Indenture 
  
 Dated as of February 20, 2004 
  

  
 9-1/4% Senior Notes due 2014

  

  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA Sections

	  	Indenture Sections

	 § 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.03; 7.08
	 § 311(a)
	  	7.03
	 (b)
	  	7.03
	 § 312(a)
	  	2.04
	 (b)
	  	12.02
	 (c)
	  	12.02
	 § 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.05; 7.06; 11.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 § 314(a)
	  	7.05; 11.02
	 (a)(4)
	  	4.17; 11.02
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.03
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.03
	 (e)
	  	4.17; 11.04
	 § 315(a)
	  	7.02
	 (b)
	  	7.05; 11.02
	 (c)
	  	7.02
	 (d)
	  	7.02
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 § 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	9.03
	 § 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 § 318(a)
	  	11.01
	 (c)
	  	11.01

  

	Note: 	The Cross-Reference Table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. 

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

			
	 	  	Page

	
	ARTICLE ONE
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
		
	 SECTION 1.01. Definitions
	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	21
	 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction
	  	21
	
	ARTICLE TWO
	THE NOTES
		
	 SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating
	  	22
	 SECTION 2.02. Restrictive Legends
	  	23
	 SECTION 2.03. Execution, Authentication and Denominations
	  	25
	 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	25
	 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	26
	 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	  	26
	 SECTION 2.07. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	  	27
	 SECTION 2.08. Special Transfer Provisions
	  	29
	 SECTION 2.09. Replacement Notes
	  	32
	 SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes
	  	32
	 SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.12. Cancellation
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers
	  	33
	 SECTION 2.14. Defaulted Interest
	  	34
	 SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	34
	
	ARTICLE THREE
	REDEMPTION
		
	 SECTION 3.01. Right of Redemption
	  	34
	 SECTION 3.02. Notices to Trustee
	  	35
	 SECTION 3.03. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	35
	 SECTION 3.04. Notice of Redemption
	  	35
	 SECTION 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	36
	 SECTION 3.06. Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	36
	 SECTION 3.07. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
	  	36
	 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	37
	
	ARTICLE FOUR
	COVENANTS
		
	 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes
	  	37
	 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	37
	 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	38

	Note: 	The Table of Contents shall not for any purposes be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. 

  

			
	 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	41
	 SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	44
	 SECTION 4.06. Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	45
	 SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	45
	 SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates
	  	46
	 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Liens
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	47
	 SECTION 4.12. Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control
	  	48
	 SECTION 4.13. Existence
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.14. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	  	49
	 SECTION 4.16. Notice of Defaults
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.17. Compliance Certificates
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.18. Commission Reports and Reports to Holders
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.19. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	50
	 SECTION 4.20. Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	51
	
	ARTICLE FIVE
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
		
	 SECTION 5.01. When Company and the Parent Guarantor May Merge, Etc.
	  	51
	 SECTION 5.02. Successor Substituted
	  	52
	
	ARTICLE SIX
	DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
		
	 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default
	  	52
	 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration
	  	54
	 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies
	  	54
	 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	55
	 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority
	  	55
	 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	  	55
	 SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	56
	 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	56
	 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	56
	 SECTION 6.10. Priorities
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	57
	 SECTION 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	57

  

			
	
	ARTICLE SEVEN
	TRUSTEE
		
	 SECTION 7.01. General
	  	58
	 SECTION 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	58
	 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	59
	 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	59
	 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default
	  	59
	 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	  	60
	 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	  	61
	 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc
	  	62
	 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility
	  	62
	 SECTION 7.11. Money Held in Trust
	  	62
	
	ARTICLE EIGHT
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
		
	 SECTION 8.01. Termination of Company’s Obligations
	  	62
	 SECTION 8.02. Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture
	  	63
	 SECTION 8.03. Defeasance of Certain Obligations
	  	65
	 SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money
	  	66
	 SECTION 8.05. Repayment to Company
	  	66
	 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement
	  	66
	
	ARTICLE NINE
	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
		
	 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders
	  	67
	 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders
	  	67
	 SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consent
	  	68
	 SECTION 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	69
	 SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc
	  	69
	 SECTION 9.06. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	  	69
	
	ARTICLE TEN
	NOTE GUARANTEES
		
	 SECTION 10.01. Note Guarantees
	  	69
	 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	70
	 SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees
	  	71
	 SECTION 10.04. Release of Subsidiary Guarantor
	  	72
	
	ARTICLE ELEVEN
	MISCELLANEOUS
		
	 SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	  	72
	 SECTION 11.02. Notices
	  	73

  

			
	 SECTION 11.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.05. Acts of Holders
	  	74
	 SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.07. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.08. Governing Law
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.11. Successors
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals
	  	76
	 SECTION 11.13. Separability
	  	77
	 SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc
	  	77

  

					
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Form of Note	  	A-1
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	Form of Certificate	  	B-1
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors	  	C-1
	 EXHIBIT D
	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S	  	D-1

  

 INDENTURE, dated as of February 20, 2004, among TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), TIME WARNER TELECOM INC. (the “Parent Guarantor”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) parties hereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 RECITALS 
  
 The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture
to provide for the issuance initially of up to $200 million aggregate principal amount of its 9-1/4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) issuable as provided in this Indenture. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid
agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the
Company, valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided. 
  
 AND THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH 
  
 For and in
consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows. 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “2011 Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of February 20, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee and pursuant to which the
2011 Notes are issued. 
  
 “2011 Notes” means the Second
Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due February 15, 2011 now or hereafter issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of the 2011 Indenture. 
  
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection
with an Asset Acquisition by a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition; provided that Indebtedness of such Person which is
redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition shall not be Acquired Indebtedness. 
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the
aggregate net income (or loss) of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without
duplication): (i) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except (x) with respect to net income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period and (y) with respect to net 

  

 
losses, to the extent of the amount of Investments made by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such other Person during such other period;
(ii) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of
any other Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such other Person are
acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is
not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any gains or losses (on an
after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; (v) solely for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a), any amount paid or accrued as dividends (other than dividends to the
extent paid or payable in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person) on Preferred Stock of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than such Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) all
extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses; and (vii) any compensation expense paid or payable solely with Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock). 
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets
(excluding write-ups in connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP), after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items), and (ii) all
goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
prepared in conformity with GAAP and filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18. 
  
 “Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds” has the meaning provided in Section 4.11. 
  
 “Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by,
or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar,
co-Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
  
 “Agent Members” has the meaning provided in Section 2.07. 
  

 2 

 “Asset Acquisition” means (i) an investment by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (ii) an acquisition by the Company, the Parent Guarantor
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property and assets of any Person other than the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitute substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person; provided that
the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 
  
 “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Parent Guarantor, the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) of (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or
substantially all of the assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of the other Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction) in one
transaction or a series of related transactions by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) any other property and assets (other than the Capital Stock or other
Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not
governed by the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor; provided, however, that “Asset Sale” shall not include
(a) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets, (b) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets constituting a Restricted Payment permitted to be made under Section 4.04, (c) sales, transfers or other
dispositions of assets with a fair market value (as certified in an Officers’ Certificate) not in excess of $20 million in any transaction or series of related transactions, or (d) sales or other dispositions of assets for consideration at
least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of, to the extent that the consideration received would constitute property, assets or securities of the kind described in clause (i)(B) of Section 4.11(b). 
  
 “Average Life” means, at any date of determination with respect to
any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness and (b) the amount of such
principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. 
  

 3 

 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

  
 “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, or in the city of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other
equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of
any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person. 
  
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the discounted present value
of the rental obligations under a Capitalized Lease. 
  
 “Change of Control” means such time as (i) (A) the Former Parent Companies as a group cease to have the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor (other than the chief executive
officer and independent directors of the Parent Guarantor; provided, however, that independent directors shall be included in calculating whether the foregoing majority requirement is satisfied if the Directors nominated by the Former
Parent Companies do not constitute a majority of the committee that selects the Board of Directors’ nominees for independent directors) and (B) a “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act) (other than the Former Parent Companies) has become the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor on a
fully diluted basis or (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor (together with any new Directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination by such Board of Directors for
election by the Parent Guarantor’s stockholders or members, as the case may be, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such Board of Directors then in office who either were members of such Board of Directors on the
Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then in office; or (iii) the Company shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the
Parent Guarantor. 
  
 “Change of Control Triggering
Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Decline. 
  
 “Closing Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued under this Indenture. 
  

 4 

 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted,
created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the body performing such duties at such time. 
  
 “Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, such
Person’s equity other than Preferred Stock of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock, including any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) thereof. 
  
 “Company” means Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc. 
  
 “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company (i) by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice
President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that such written request or order may be signed by any two of the officers or
directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by one of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of the officers listed in clause (ii) above. 
  
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period and with respect to any Person, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for
such Person for such period (x) plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income taxes (other than income taxes (either positive or negative)
attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or sales of assets), (iii) depreciation expense, (iv) amortization expense and (v) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require
cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in conformity with GAAP, and (y) solely for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a), less (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) the aggregate amount
of deposits made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing High Yield Closing Date in connection with proposed Asset Acquisitions that are forfeited by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that,
if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the percentage ownership interest in the income of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period and with
respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in
accordance with the effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of 

  

 5 

 
credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements; and interest on Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or
secured by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case, that is paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding, however, (i) in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to
clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the offering of the Notes, all as determined on a consolidated basis (without taking into account Unrestricted
Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated
Leverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction Date and with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date to
(ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which financial statements of such Person (or in the case of the Company, the Parent Guarantor) have
been filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18 (such four fiscal quarter period being the “Four Quarter Period”); provided that, in making the foregoing calculation, (A) pro forma effect
shall be given to any Indebtedness to be Incurred or repaid on the Transaction Date; (B) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset
Disposition) that occur from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (the “Reference Period”), as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and
(C) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or
has been merged with or into such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary
as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; provided that to the extent that clause (B) or (C) of this sentence requires that pro
forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person,
that is acquired or disposed of for which financial information is available. 
  
  
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be
principally administered, which office is, at the date of this Indenture, located at N9303-120, Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479. 
  

“Credit Agreements” means credit agreements, vendor financings or similar facilities or other evidences of indebtedness of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor and any 

  

 6 

 
Restricted Subsidiary for the Incurrence of Indebtedness, including letters of credit and any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time. 
  
 “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of
time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective successors. 
  
 “Director” means a Director on the Board of Directors of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable.

  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any class or series of
Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, (ii) redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the Stated
Maturity of the Notes or (iii) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that any Capital Stock
that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of
control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders
of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 and such Capital Stock, or the agreements or instruments governing the redemption rights thereof, specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase or
redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.11 and Section 4.12. 
  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than (a) a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary or
(b) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Equity Offering” means an offering of Common Stock of the Parent Guarantor for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements contained therein.

  
 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning provided in
Section 4.11. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes”
means any securities of the Company containing terms identical to the Notes (except that such Exchange Notes shall be registered under the Securities 

  

 7 

 
Act) that are issued and exchanged for the Notes pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. 
  
 “Existing High Yield Closing Date” means July 21, 1998. 

 
 “fair market value” means the price that would be paid in an
arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution; provided that for purposes of clause (viii) of Section 4.03(b), (x) the fair market value of any security registered under the Exchange Act shall be the average of the closing prices, regular
way, of such security for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the sale of Capital Stock and (y) in the event the aggregate fair market value of any other property (other than cash or cash equivalents) received by the Company or the
Parent Guarantor, as applicable, exceeds $15 million, the fair market value of such property shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm and set forth in their written opinion which shall be delivered to the Trustee.

  
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries” means any
Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
  
 “Former Parent Companies” means Time Warner Inc., Advance/Newhouse Partnership and the Affiliates of each of the foregoing. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture
shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of this Indenture shall be made without giving
effect to (i) the amortization of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Notes and (ii) except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17
or Financial Accounting Standards Board Nos. 141 and 142. 
  
 “Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any
obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements,
or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), 

  

 8 

 
to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of
such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Guarantors” means the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note. 
  
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become
liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an “Incurrence” of Acquired Indebtedness; provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the
accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations with
respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) or (ii) above or (v), (vi) or (vii) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent
such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement), (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay
the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade
Payables, (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such
Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is
Guaranteed by such Person, (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements and (ix) Indebtedness or obligations of a Person for cash management services benefiting
such Person. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (A) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized
portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at the time of its issuance as determined in conformity with GAAP, (B) that money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of
the interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest and (C) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other
taxes. 
  

 9 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Interest
Payment Date” means each semiannual interest payment date on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2004. 
  
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest
rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or arrangement. 
  
 “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including,
without limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Company, the Parent
Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital
Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall include (i) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the fair market value of the Capital Stock (or any other
Investment), held by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, of (or in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including without limitation, by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (iii) of Section
4.06; provided that the fair market value of the Investment remaining in any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed the aggregate amount of Investments previously made in such Person valued at the time such
Investments were made less the net reduction of such Investments. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04, (i) “Investment” shall include the fair market value of the assets (net of
liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) the fair market value of
the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary shall be
considered a reduction in outstanding Investments and (iii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. 
  
 “Lenders” means, at any time, the parties to any Credit Agreement
then holding or beneficially owning (or committed to provide) bonds, loans, letters of credit or other extensions of credit that constitute (or when provided will constitute) Priority Lien Debt outstanding under such Credit Agreement. 
  

 10 

 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind
(including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest). 
  
 “liquidated damages” means any additional interest on the Notes that shall be due and payable pursuant to the
terms of the Notes Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. 
  
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
financed or sold with recourse to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees
and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to
the consolidated results of operations of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured
by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve against any liabilities
associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset
Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorney’s fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or initial
purchasers’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a “U.S.
person,” as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Note
Guarantee” means the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 “Notes” means any of the securities, as defined in the first paragraph of the recitals hereof, that are authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term
“Notes” shall include the Notes initially issued on the Closing Date and any other Notes issued after the Closing Date under this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all Notes shall vote together as one series of Notes under this
Indenture. 
  

 11 

 “Notes Registration Rights Agreement” means the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, dated
February 20, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors, Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and certain permitted assigns specified therein. 
  
 “Obligors” means a Person obligated as an issuer or guarantor of
the Notes. 
  
 “Offer to Purchase” means an offer to
purchase Notes by the Company from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro
rata basis; (ii) the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Payment Date”); (iii) that any Note not tendered will
continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment
Date; (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note
completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and (viii) in the event of an Offer to Purchase as a result of the occurrence of a Change of
Control Triggering Event exclusively, the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event, including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, after giving effect to the
Change of Control Triggering Event. On the Payment Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof
accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will publicly announce the
results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 
  

 12 

 “Officer” means, with respect to the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, (i)
the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by one
Officer listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof and one Officer listed in clause (ii) of the definition thereof or two Officers listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof. Each Officers’ Certificate (other than certificates provided
pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall include the statements provided for in Section 11.04. 
  
 “Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Offshore Physical Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the
Company, that meets the requirements of Section 11.04 hereof. 
  
 “Parent Guarantee” means the Guarantee by the Parent Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture pursuant to Article Ten. 
  
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04, except that, for the purposes of Article Eight, the
Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of them. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. 
  
 “Payment Date” has the meaning provided in the definition of Offer to Purchase. 
  
 “Permanent Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.01. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means (i) an
Investment in the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into, or transfer or convey all or
substantially all its assets to, the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and
the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; (ii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iii) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in
accordance with GAAP; (iv) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of Indebtedness Incurred in the ordinary course of business, upon foreclosure of a Lien created in the ordinary course of business or in satisfaction of judgments,
including in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding; (v) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits; (vi) Interest Rate
Agreements and Currency Agreements designed solely to protect the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates; (vii) loans or advances to officers or employees
of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any 

  

 13 

 
Restricted Subsidiary that do not in the aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; and (viii) Investments in any Person that is engaged in the
telecommunications business and that is not an Affiliate or a Related Person of the Company or the Parent Guarantor. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under clauses (1) and (11) of Section 4.03(b); (ii) Liens for taxes,
assessments, governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii) statutory and common law Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect
to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP
shall have been made; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (v) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the
performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (vi) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially
interfere with the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (vii) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the Closing Date;
provided, however, that (a) such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with Section 4.03, to finance the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction,
installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the foregoing) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of
the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such property, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or
cover any property or assets other than such item of property or assets and any improvements on such item; (viii) leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ix) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries
relating to such property or assets; (x) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (xi) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; (xii) Liens
on property of, or on shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time such Person becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets
of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired; (xiii) Liens in favor of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; (xiv) Liens arising from the rendering of a final
judgment or order against the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that 

  

 14 

 
encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xvi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue
authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xvii) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters
customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements and forward contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar
agreements or arrangements designed solely to protect the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates; (xviii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, prior to the Closing Date; (xix) Liens on or sales of receivables; (xx) Liens created for the benefit of, or to secure, the Notes, the Parent Guarantee, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the 2011
Notes, the “Parent Guarantee” under Article Ten of the 2011 Indenture or the “Subsidiary Guarantees” under Article Ten of the 2011 Indenture (including Liens resulting from the defeasance of the obligations of the Obligors with
respect to the Notes or the obligations of the “Obligors” under the 2011 Indenture with respect to the 2011 Notes; (xxi) Liens that secure Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $10 million at any time
outstanding; (xxii) Liens existing on the Closing Date; (xxiii) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however,
that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; (xxiv) Liens on the Capital Stock of, or
any property or assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.03; and (xxv) Liens on any assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary provided that
effective provision shall have been made for all the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture to be directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Liens. 
  
 “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an
agency or instrumentality thereof. 
  
 “Physical Notes”
has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “Preferred
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person that is entitled to preference or priority over one or more series or classes of other capital stock issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person’s
property and assets, whether by dividend or upon liquidation. 
  
 “principal” of a debt security, including the Notes, means the principal amount due on the Stated Maturity as shown on such debt security. 
  

 15 

 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form set
forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified
institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Rating Agency” means any internationally recognized rating agency other than S&P or Moody’s. 
  
 “Rating Categories” means (a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor
categories); (b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and (c) the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency. In
determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating Categories (+ and—for S&P; 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another Rating Agency) shall be taken
into account (e.g., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB- to B+, will constitute a decrease of one gradation). 
  
 “Rating Decline” means (i) a decrease of one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as
well as between Rating Categories) in the rating of the Notes by both Moody’s and S&P or (ii) a withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by Moody’s and S&P, in each case, directly as a result of a Change of Control; provided,
however, that such decrease or withdrawal occurs on, or within 45 days following, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a stockholder of the Company or
the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, to effect a Change of Control, which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes relating to the Change of Control as noted by the Rating Agency is under publicly announced consideration for
downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency. 
  
 “Redemption
Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the price at which such Note is to be redeemed pursuant to this
Indenture. 
  
 “Registrar” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.04. 
  
 “Registration Statement” means the
Registration Statement as defined and described in the Notes Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the February 1 or August 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the
Securities Act. 
  
 “Related Person” means, as applied
to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly owning (a) 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of such Person (or, in the 

  

 16 

 
case of a Person that is not a corporation, 10% or more of the outstanding equity interest in such Person) or (b) 10% or more of the combined outstanding
voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person, and all Affiliates of any such other Person. 
  
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Payments” has the meaning provided in Section 4.04. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the
Securities Act. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Security
Register” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Notes Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, (i) for the most
recent fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the
consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor for such fiscal year. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors. 
  
 “Specified Date” means any Redemption Date, any Payment Date for an Offer to Purchase or any date on which the Notes first become due and payable after an Event of Default. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, (i) with respect to the any debt
securities, the date specified in such debt securities as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such debt securities is due and payable, and (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any
debt securities, the date specified in such debt securities as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable. 
  
 “Strategic Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor Incurred to finance the acquisition of a Person
engaged in a business that is related, ancillary or complementary to the business conducted by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness by its terms, or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant
to which such Indebtedness is Incurred, (i) is expressly made 

  

 17 

 
subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, as applicable, and (ii) in the case of Indebtedness incurred by the Company, provides
that no payment of principal, premium or interest on, or any other payment with respect to, such Indebtedness may be made prior to the payment in full of all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes; provided that such Indebtedness
may provide for and be repaid at any time from the proceeds of the sale of Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) or other Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor which by its terms, or by
the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such other Indebtedness is Incurred, meets clauses (i) and (ii) above after the Incurrence of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under
this Indenture pursuant to Article Ten. 
  
 “Subsidiary
Guarantor” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) and any other Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.20; provided, however, that the following Subsidiaries shall not be
Subsidiary Guarantors: 
  
 (1) Subsidiaries,
whether now existing or hereafter formed, for which proper regulatory approvals for the incurrence of obligations under the related Subsidiary Guarantees have not been or cannot be obtained; 
  
 (2) Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, whose assets are less
than 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including the Company) as shown on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor; and 
  
 (3) Subsidiaries whose capital stock or substantially all of
whose assets have been permissively disposed of under the terms of the “Priority Lien Documents” (as defined in Section 1.01 of the 2011 Indenture). 
  

“Temporary Cash Investment” means any of the following: (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued
by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided
profits aggregating in excess of $500 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating
organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money market fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying 

  

 18 

 
securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial
paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any
foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P, (v)
securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or Moody’s, (vi) corporate debt securities with maturities of eighteen months or less from the date of acquisition and with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of
“A3” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-” (or higher) according to S&P; (vii) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial
bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million; and (viii) money market funds sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor at
least 95% of the assets of which are invested in the foregoing. 
  
 “Temporary Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section
9.06; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 as so amended. 
  
 “Trade Payables” means, with
respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other Indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with
the acquisition of goods or services. 
  
 “Transaction
Date” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Parent Guarantor or the Company, the date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.

  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor. 
  
 “United States Bankruptcy Code” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and as codified in Title 11 of
the United States Code, as amended from time to time hereafter, or any successor federal bankruptcy law. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (other than a Subsidiary that is the Company) that at
the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent 

  

 19 

 
Guarantor, as applicable, in the manner provided below; and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company or the
Parent Guarantor may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary but excluding, in the case of any such designation by the Parent Guarantor, the Company) of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as
applicable, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the
Parent Guarantor, as applicable; provided, however, that (A) any Guarantee by the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an
“Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Company, Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such designation; (B) either (i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or
less or (ii) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04 and (C) if applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in clause (A) of this proviso would be
permitted under Section 4.03 and Section 4.04. The Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation and (2) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or
the Parent Guarantor shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing provisions. 
  
 “U.S. Global Note” has the
meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  
 “U.S. Government
Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the
issuer thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on
or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of such U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of such U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such
depository receipt. 
  
 “U.S. Physical Notes” has the
meaning provided in Section 2.01. 
  

 20 

 “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily
having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person. 
  
 “Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary
(other than any director’s qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or any combination thereof. 
  
 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder;

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional
trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 All other TIA terms used
in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a rule of the Commission and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
  
 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires: 
  
 (i) a term has the meaning assigned
to it; 
  
 (ii) an accounting term not otherwise
defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (iii) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 
  
 (v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
  
 (vi) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a
whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
  
 (vii) all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with the definition of GAAP set forth in Section 1.01; and 
  
 (viii) all references to Sections or Articles and other
subdivisions refer to Sections or Articles and other subdivisions of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 
  

 21 

 ARTICLE TWO 
 THE NOTES 
  
 SECTION 2.01.
Form and Dating. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or
endorsement on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee,
by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form,
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (collectively, the “U.S. Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided. The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

 
 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation
S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary Global Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Temporary Offshore Global Notes”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for
the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. On or after March 31, 2004, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Company of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, one or
more permanent Global Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Permanent Offshore Global Notes”; and together with the Temporary Offshore Global Notes, the “Offshore Global
Notes”) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a
decrease in the principal amount of the Temporary Offshore Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Offshore Global Notes transferred. 
  
 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act
shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Physical Notes”). Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07 in exchange for interests in the
Offshore Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Physical Notes”). 
  

 22 

 The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the
“Physical Notes”. The U.S. Global Notes and the Offshore Global Notes are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes”. 
  

The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other
manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.02. Restrictive Legends. Unless and until a Note is
exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the U.S. Global Notes, Temporary Offshore Global Notes and each U.S. Physical Note shall bear the
following legend on the face thereof: 
  
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF,
U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD
REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(d) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT
(A) TO TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C)
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO
SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM 

  

 23 

 
THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND
(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD
REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED
STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF
THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS”. 
  
 Each Global Note, whether or
not an Exchange Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
  
 “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE 

  

 24 

 
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.” 
  
 SECTION 2.03. Execution, Authentication and Denominations. Subject to
Article Four and applicable law, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Notes shall be executed by an Officer of the Company. The signature of these Officers on the
Notes may be by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Company. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee or authenticating agent authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent manually
signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee or an authenticating agent shall upon receipt of a Company Order
authenticate for original issue Global Notes in the aggregate principal amount specified in such Company Order; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in
connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Global Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in case of an issuance of Notes pursuant to
Section 2.15, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Article Four. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount
or any integral multiple thereof. 
  
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar
and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the
“Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, which shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company shall
cause the Registrar to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Security Register”). The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a
reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. 
  
 The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of
this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. If the Company 

  

 25 

 
fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as such Registrar, Paying Agent and/or
agent for service of notices and demands. The Company may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Agent
to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a
successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of this proviso. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or agent for service of notice and demands. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, and
agent for service of notice and demands. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If
the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee as of each Regular Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request the names and addresses of Holders as they appear in the Security Register,
including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each Holder. At the option of the Company, payment of principal and interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Security Register.

  
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Not
later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium,
if any, and interest so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent
for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the
Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the
continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability
for the money so paid over to the Trustee. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, segregate and hold in a separate
trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture, and
will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act. 
  
 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. A Holder may transfer a Note only by written application to the Registrar stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture. No such registration
of transfer shall be effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Holder only upon, final acceptance and registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Security Register. Prior to the registration of 

  

 26 

 
any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the Note is
registered as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Furthermore, any Holder of a Global Note shall, by
acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest
in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized
denominations (including an exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are met (including that such Notes are duly endorsed or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee and Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or by an attorney who is authorized in writing to act on behalf of the Holder); provided that no exchanges
of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission and that any Notes that are exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee. To permit registrations of
transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11,
3.08 or 9.04). 
  
 The Registrar shall not be required (i) to
issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.03 and ending at the close of
business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 SECTION 2.07. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. (a) The U.S.
Global Note and Offshore Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as
set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 Members of, or participants in, the
Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be
treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent
of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the
exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note. 
  

 27 

 (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in
part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. In addition,
U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global Note, respectively, (i) (A) if the Depositary notifies the
Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (B) the
Depositary has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes, (iii) if an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request therefore from the Depositary or (iv) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. 
  
 (c) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to
a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all
transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
  
 (d) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or Permanent Offshore Global Note to beneficial
owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note or Permanent Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note or Permanent Offshore Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes,
as the case may be, of like tenor and amount. 
  
 (e) In
connection with the transfer of the entire U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be surrendered
to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note
or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, an equal aggregate principal amount of U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 
  
 (f) Any U.S. Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the U.S. Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or
(e) of this Section shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (f) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the U.S. Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 (g) Any Offshore Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Temporary Offshore Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section shall, 

  

 28 

 
except as otherwise provided by paragraph (f) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions set forth in Section 2.02. 
  
 (h) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.08. Special Transfer Provisions. Unless and until a Note is
exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the following provisions shall apply: 
  
 (a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply
with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 
  

(i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the
requested transfer is after the time period referred to in Rule 144(k) (taking into account the provisions of Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act, if applicable) under the Securities Act or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar
(A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time of transfer is less than $250,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act. 
  
 (ii) If the proposed
transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial interest
in the U.S. Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more U.S. Physical Certificates of like tenor and amount. 
  
 (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall
apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note to a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 
  
 (i) If the Note to be transferred consists of (x) U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar shall register the
transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the
provisions of Rule 144A to a 

  

 29 

 
transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that
it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A or (y) an interest in the U.S. Global Note, the transfer of such interest may be effected only through the book entry system maintained by the
Depositary. 
  
 (ii) If the proposed transferee
is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Physical Notes, to be
transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the U.S. Physical Note so transferred. 
  
 (c) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Offshore Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration
of any proposed transfer of interests in the Temporary Offshore Global Note: 
  
 (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note (x) if the proposed transferee is a Non-U.S. Person and the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit D hereto or (y) if the proposed transferee is a QIB and the proposed transferor has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in
compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges
that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order
to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  
 (ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i)(y) above and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the 

  

 30 

 
principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note, in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the Temporary Offshore Global Note to be
transferred, and the Trustee shall decrease the amount of the Temporary Offshore Global Note in such an amount. 
  
 (d) Transfers of Interests in the Permanent Offshore Global Note or Unlegended Offshore Physical Notes. The following provisions
shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in the Permanent Offshore Global Note or unlegended Offshore Physical Notes. The Registrar shall register the transfer of any such Note without requiring any additional certification. 

 
 (e) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons at Any Time. The
following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person: 
  
 (i) Prior to March 31, 2004, the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a
certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor. 
  
 (ii) On and after March 31, 2004, the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer to any Non-U.S. Person if the Note to be transferred
is a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D from the proposed transferor. 
  
 (iii) (a) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global
Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (ii) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the
date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an
Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount at
maturity of the Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Physical Notes or the U.S. Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note, if any, so
transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global Note. 
  
 (f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) the circumstances
contemplated by the second sentence of the fourth paragraph of Section 2.01 or paragraphs (a)(i)(x) or (e)(ii) of this Section 2.08 exist or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company

  

 31 

 
and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions
of the Securities Act. 
  
 (g) General. By
its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such
Note only as provided in this Indenture. The Registrar shall not register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture. In connection with any transfer of Notes, each
Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an
exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a determination made by the Company with respect to) the
sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other information. 
  
 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all
such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 
  
 SECTION 2.09. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed
or wrongfully taken, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal
amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided that the requirements of this Section 2.09 are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of
both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a
Note. In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall
be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 The provisions
of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies against the Company and the Trustee with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes. 

 
 SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are
all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. 
  

 32 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee
and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on a maturity date or Redemption Date money sufficient to pay Notes
payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 
  
 A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds such Note, provided, however, that in determining
whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any
Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee has actual knowledge to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 
  
 SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for
delivery, the Company may prepare and execute and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations
determined to be appropriate by the Officers executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay.
After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without
charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized
denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall
forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee (and no one else) shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and
shall dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedure. 
  
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number (if then generally in use), and the Company and the Trustee shall use such 

  

 33 

 
“CUSIP” number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes;
and provided further that failure to use CUSIP numbers in any notice of redemption or exchange shall not affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in “CUSIP”
number for the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.14. Defaulted Interest.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on
the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to the payment of any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date
fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the
subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
  
 SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable law, issue additional Notes
under this Indenture. The Notes issued on the Closing Date and any additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION 
  
 SECTION 3.01. Right of Redemption.
(a) The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on or after February 15, 2009 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s last address, as it appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated damages, if any,
to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing
on February 15 of the following years: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Redemption
Price

	 
	 2009
	  	104.625	%
	 2010
	  	103.083	%
	 2011
	  	101.542	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) In addition, at
any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at any time or from time to time, at a Redemption 

  

 34 

 
Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 109.250% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and liquidated
damages, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date); provided that (i) at
least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued on the Closing Date remains outstanding after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such redemption is mailed within 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering.

  
 SECTION 3.02. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects
to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (b), it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which redemption shall occur. 

 
 The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.02 in an
Officers’ Certificate at least 45 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee). 
  
 SECTION 3.03. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes
to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements, as certified to it by the Company, of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange or
automated quotation system, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Note of $1,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 
  
 The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not
previously called for redemption. Notes in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of Notes that
have denominations larger than $1,000 in principal amount. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Registrar promptly
in writing of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption. 
  
 SECTION 3.04. Notice of Redemption. With respect to any redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of
redemption by first-class mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  
 (i) the Redemption Date; 
  
 (ii) the Redemption Price; 
  
 (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  

 35 

 (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to
collect the Redemption Price; 
  
 (v) that,
unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent; 
  
 (vi) that, if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral
multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued upon cancellation of the original
Note; and 
  
 (vii) that, if any Note contains a
CUSIP number as provided in Section 2.13, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the
Company’s request (which request may be revoked by the Company at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), made in writing to the Trustee at least 45 days (or such shorter period as shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee) before a Redemption Date, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name and at the expense of the Company. If, however, the Company gives such notice to the Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such notice has been given. 
  
 SECTION 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender of any
Notes to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date. 
  
 Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the Holder receives the notice. In any event, failure to give such notice, or
any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of Notes held by Holders to whom such notice was properly given. 
  
 SECTION 3.06. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company
is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption on that date that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 SECTION 3.07. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given in the manner provided above, the Notes or portion of
Notes specified in such notice to be redeemed shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the 

  

 36 

 
Redemption Price stated therein, together with accrued and unpaid interest to such Redemption Date, and on and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of such Notes at the Redemption Price and accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date, in which case the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the Notes), such
Notes shall cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption in accordance with a notice of redemption, such Note shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the Redemption Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date.

  
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of
any Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder without service charge, a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of such surrendered Note.

  
 ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 
  
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Company shall pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any
of them) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, an installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the
due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with the last sentence of Section 2.05. As provided in Section 6.09, upon any bankruptcy or reorganization procedure relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent, if any,
for the Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay interest on overdue
principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum specified in the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Minneapolis,
Minnesota an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall 

  

 37 

 
in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or Minneapolis,
Minnesota for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04. 
  
 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company
or the Parent Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the 2011 Notes issued on the Closing Date, and any notes exchanged therefor under this Indenture and the 2011 Indenture, and any other Indebtedness existing on the Closing
Date); provided that the Company or the Parent Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom (i) in the case of the Parent Guarantor
incurring Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Parent Guarantor would be greater than zero and less than 6.0:1, and (ii) in the case of the Company incurring Indebtedness, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company would be
greater than zero and less than 4.5:1. 
  
 (b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the following: (i) Indebtedness incurred under Credit Agreements outstanding at any time in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $300 million; (ii) Indebtedness owed (A) to the Company or the Parent Guarantor evidenced by a promissory note or (B) to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any event which results in any
such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company, Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii); (iii) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause
(i), (ii), (iv), (viii), (ix) or (xii) of this paragraph (b)) and any refinancings thereof in an amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided, however, that
Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (iii) if (A) in case the Notes,
the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu with the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms
of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Notes, the Parent Guarantee or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as
applicable; (B) in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant
to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be
refinanced is subordinated to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or such 

  

 38 

 
Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable; and (C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior
to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided further that
in no event may (I) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (iii) or (II) Indebtedness of the Company be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements;
provided that such agreements (I) are designed solely to protect the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries of either against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates and (II) do not increase the
Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder, and (C) arising from agreements
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries of either pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion
of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable, in connection with such disposition; (v) Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, and Guarantees thereof, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly (A) used to purchase Notes or 2011 Notes tendered in an Offer to
Purchase or an “Offer to Purchase” as defined in the 2011 Indenture made as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event or (B) deposited to defease the Notes pursuant to Article Eight or the 2011 Notes pursuant to Article Eight of the
2011 Indenture; (vi) Guarantees of the Notes and the 2011 Notes including the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees and Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or the Company by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that the Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of such Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the 2011 Notes) is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07; (vii) Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance
the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction, installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the foregoing) to acquire equipment, inventory or network assets (including
acquisitions by way of Capitalized Lease and acquisitions of the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent of the fair market value of the equipment, inventory or network assets so acquired plus goodwill associated
therewith) by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time may not exceed $150 million; (viii)
Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, (A) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person that is not the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, to the extent (I) such Net Cash Proceeds have not been used pursuant to clause (C)(2) 

  

 39 

 
of Section 4.04(a) or clause (iii), (iv), (vi) or (vii) of Section 4.04(b) to make a Restricted Payment and (II) if such Net Cash Proceeds are used to
consummate a transaction pursuant to which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, Incurs Acquired Indebtedness, the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds exceeds one-half of the amount of Acquired Indebtedness so Incurred and (B) 80% of the
fair market value of property (other than cash and cash equivalents) received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a
Person that is not the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, to the extent (I) such sale of Capital Stock has not been used pursuant to clause (C)(2) of Section 4.04(a) or clause (iii), (iv), (vi) or (vii) of Section 4.04(b) to
make a Restricted Payment and (II) if such Capital Stock is used to consummate a transaction pursuant to which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, Incurs Acquired Indebtedness, 80% of the fair market value of the property received
exceeds one-half of the amount of Acquired Indebtedness so Incurred; provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes and has an Average Life longer than the Notes; (ix) Acquired Indebtedness; (x)
Strategic Subordinated Indebtedness; (xi) Indebtedness or related obligations of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under (A) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements or cash management or similar treasury or
custodial arrangements with any Lender or an affiliate of a Lender or (B) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements (up to a maximum of $25 million at any one time outstanding measured by termination value) or cash management or similar treasury
or custodial arrangements with any Person that is not a Lender or an affiliate of any Lender; and (xii) subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (in addition to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (i) through (xi) above) in
an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $200 million, less any amount of such Indebtedness permanently repaid as provided under Section 4.11. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

  
 (d) For purposes of determining any particular amount of
Indebtedness under this Section 4.03, (1) Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included and (2) any Liens granted
pursuant to clause (xxv) of the definition of Permitted Liens shall not be treated as Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
types of Indebtedness described in the above clauses, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses. 
  
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto
shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such 

  

 40 

 
Indebtedness was Incurred, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date shall be
calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Closing Date and (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal
amount of such refinancing Indebtedness, converted into the currency in which the Indebtedness being refinanced is denominated at the currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, does not exceed the principal amount of such
Indebtedness being refinanced (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses). The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall
be calculated based on the foreign currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
  
 (f) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that
neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, to the same extent; provided that Indebtedness will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely
by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority. 
  
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the
Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock
(other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of the Company’s or the Parent Guarantor’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of (x) the Parent Guarantor or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Person or
(y) a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such
holder) of 5% or more of the Capital Stock of the Parent Guarantor, (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of any
Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee; or (iv) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments or any other actions described in
clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (A) a Default or Event of Default shall 

  

 41 

 
have occurred and be continuing, (B) the Parent Guarantor could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under clause (i) of Section 4.03(a) or (C) the
aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (the amount, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) made after the Existing High Yield
Closing Date shall exceed the sum of (1) the amount by which Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor exceeds 150% of Consolidated Interest Expense of the Parent Guarantor, in each case, determined on a cumulative basis during the period (taken
as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Existing High Yield Closing Date and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have been
filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18, plus (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash proceeds received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor after the Existing High
Yield Closing Date from the issuance and sale permitted by this Indenture of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, including an issuance or sale permitted by
this Indenture of Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor for cash subsequent to the Existing High Yield Closing Date upon the conversion of such Indebtedness into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or the
Parent Guarantor, or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (in each case, exclusive of
any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes), in each case except to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds and
non-cash proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 4.03(b), plus (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments
of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment
(except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided
in the definition of “Investments”), not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b) The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: (i) the
payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the foregoing paragraph (a); (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness
Incurred under clauses (iii) and (xii) of Section 4.03(b); (iii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Parent Guarantor or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital
Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Guarantor (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); (iv) the
making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption, 

  

 42 

 
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of any Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or any
Subsidiary Guarantee, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, shares of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable (or options, warrants or other
rights to acquire such Capital Stock); (v) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this
Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor; (vi) Investments in any Person the primary business of which is related, ancillary or
complementary to the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investments; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the sum of
(a) $20 million plus (b) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash proceeds received by the Company or the Parent Guarantor after the Existing High Yield Closing Date from the sale of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, except to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds and non-cash proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 4.03(b) or to make
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (C)(2) of paragraph (a), or clauses (iii), (iv) or (vii) of this paragraph (b), of this Section 4.04, plus (c) the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to this clause (vi) resulting from distributions on
or repayments of such Investments or from the Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except in each case to the extent any such payment or proceeds is included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net
Income) or from such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments”), provided, however, that the net reduction in any Investment shall not exceed the amount of
such Investment; (vii) Investments acquired in exchange for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Guarantor or the Company (except to the extent such acquired property has been used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to
clause (C)(2) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.04 to make a Restricted Payment); (viii) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25 million; and (ix) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the
Company or the Parent Guarantor (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) from Persons who are or were formerly directors, officers or employees of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary,
provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases made in any calendar year pursuant to this clause (ix) shall not exceed $2.0 million; provided that, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) of this
paragraph (b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein. 
  
 (c) Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph (b) (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (ii) thereof, an
exchange of Capital Stock for Capital Stock or Indebtedness referred to in clause (iii) or (iv) thereof and an Investment referred to in clause (vi) or (vii) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash proceeds from
any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses (iii), (iv), (vi) and (vii), shall be included in calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.04 have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted
Payments. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company or the Parent Guarantor are used for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Notes, or 

  

 43 

 
Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of paragraph (a) of this
Section 4.04 only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness. 
  
 SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make loans
or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary. 
  
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.05(a) shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date
or any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or
replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason of applicable
law or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) existing with respect to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such
Person so acquired, and any extensions, renewals or replacements of such encumbrances or restrictions; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, renewals or replacements are no less favorable in
any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, renewed or replaced; (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.05, (A) that restrict in a
customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with
respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture or (C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, reduce the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant
to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; or (vi) contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement
pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (A) the encumbrance or restriction either (1) applies only in the event of a payment default or non-compliance with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness or agreement or (2)
is contained in a Credit Agreement, (B) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company) and (C) the Company determines on the
date of the 

  

 44 

 
Incurrence of such Indebtedness that any such encumbrance or restriction would not be expected to materially impair the Company’s ability to make
principal or interest payments on the Notes. Nothing contained in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in Section 4.09 or
(2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 SECTION 4.06. Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not sell, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor,
directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving
effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under
Section 4.04 if made on the date of such issuance or sale; or (iv) issuances or sales of Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the Net Cash Proceeds, if any,
of any such sale in compliance with Section 4.11. 
  
 SECTION
4.07. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the
Company or the Parent Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor which is pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Parent Guarantee or to Guarantee any of the Company’s
Indebtedness which is pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes (any such Indebtedness being the “Guaranteed Indebtedness”), unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage
of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and (iii) if the Guaranteed Indebtedness is Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Company would have been permitted to Incur such Guaranteed Indebtedness pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 4.03(a). If the
Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari passu with the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, as applicable, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B)
subordinated to the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed 

  

 45 

 
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

  
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this
Section 4.07, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the
Company or the Parent Guarantor, of all of the Company’s, the Parent Guarantor’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or
transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee. 

 
 SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and
Affiliates. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, directly or
indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with a Related Person or with any Affiliate of the Company, the
Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction
is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not such a Related Person or an Affiliate. 
  
 The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i)
transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (B) for which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized
investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; (ii) any transaction solely between the Company or the Parent Guarantor and any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor who are not employees of the Company or the Parent
Guarantor; (iv) any transaction with respect to the lease or sharing or other use of cable or fiber lines, equipment, transmission capacity, right-of-way or other access rights, between the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary
and any other Person; provided that such transaction is on terms that (A) are consistent with past practice of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company,
the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person (or, in the event that there
are no comparable transactions involving unrelated Persons to apply for comparative purposes, is otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, has determined to be fair to the Company or the Parent
Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary) or (v) any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 4.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related transactions covered by the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 and
not covered by clauses (ii) 

  

 46 

 
through (v) of this paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $20 million in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause
(i)(A) or (B) above. 
  
 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Liens.
The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties of any character (including, without limitation, licenses), or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, except Permitted Liens. 
  
 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions. The Company
and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, enter into any sale-leaseback transaction
involving any of its assets or properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or
properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties
sold or transferred. 
  
 The foregoing restriction shall not apply
to any sale-leaseback transaction if (i) the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not in excess of three years; (ii) the lease secures or relates to industrial revenue or pollution control bonds; (iii) the transaction is solely
between the Company or the Parent Guarantor and any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iv) the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount not less than
the net proceeds received from such sale in compliance with Section 4.11. 
  
 SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
of either the Company or the Parent Guarantor to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless (i) the consideration received by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or
disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received consists of cash, Temporary Cash Investments or the assumption of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Parent Guarantee), the
Company (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes) or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee) and unconditional release of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the
Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on the Indebtedness assumed; provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to long-term assignments of capacity in a telecommunications network. 
  
 (b) In the event and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or after the Closing Date in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date
closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent 

  

 47 

 
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries has been filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 4.18), then the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall or shall cause
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to (i) within 12 months after the date Net Cash Proceeds so received exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (A) apply an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds less any amounts invested
within 6 months prior to such Asset Sale in property or assets of a nature or type or that are used in a business (or in a company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of
the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Asset Sale (the “Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds”) to permanently repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of
the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing a Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case, owing to a Person other than the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount
of Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds not so applied pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within 12 months after the date of such agreement), in property or assets (other than current assets) of a nature or
type or that are used in a business (or in a company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (ii) apply (no later than the
end of the 12-month period referred to in clause (i)) such excess Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause (i)) as provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 4.11. The amount of such excess Adjusted Net Cash Proceeds
required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

  
 (c) If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.11 totals at least $20 million, the Company shall commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and consummate an
Offer to Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal amount of Notes and to the extent permitted or required by the terms thereof, any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor that is pari passu with
the Notes or the Parent Guarantee (including, without limitation, the 2011 Notes), equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other Indebtedness, if applicable, on the
relevant Payment Date, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by
this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in response to such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. 
  
 SECTION 4.12. Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control. The Company shall commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control
Triggering Event, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 

  

 48 

 
101% of the principal amount thereof on the relevant Payment Date, plus accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date. 
  
 SECTION 4.13. Existence. Subject to Articles Four and Five of this
Indenture, the Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their respective existences and the
existence of each of their Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (whether pursuant to charter, partnership certificate,
agreement, statute or otherwise), licenses and franchises of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided that neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor shall be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

  
 SECTION 4.14. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The
Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall pay or discharge and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the
same shall become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon (a) the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or profits of the Company, the Parent Guarantor
or any such Restricted Subsidiary which is a corporation or (c) the property of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law
become a lien upon the property of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor shall be required to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any
such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established. 
  
 SECTION 4.15. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. The Company and
the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent Guarantor shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of their business or the business of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in
good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company and the Parent
Guarantor may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.15 shall prevent the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted
Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

 49 

 The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that the Company and the Parent
Guarantor shall provide or cause to be provided, for themselves and the Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and
owning like properties with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as the Company and the Parent Guarantor in
good faith shall determine to be reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances. 
  
 SECTION 4.16. Notice of Defaults. In the event that any Officer of the Company or the Parent Guarantor becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall
promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 SECTION 4.17. Compliance Certificates. The Parent Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an
Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such fiscal year and, that a review has been conducted of the activities of each of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the
Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company’s, the Parent Guarantor’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture and that the Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries have complied with all
conditions and covenants under this Indenture. If any of the Officers of the Parent Guarantor signing such certificate has knowledge of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe any such Default or Event of Default and its
status. 
  
 SECTION 4.18. Commission Reports and Reports to
Holders. The Parent Guarantor shall file with the Commission all such reports and other information required by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, regardless of whether such Sections of the Exchange Act are applicable to the Parent
Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall supply the Trustee and each Holder or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each such Holder, at such Holder’s request and without cost to such Holder, copies of such reports and other information
within 15 days after the date it would have been required to file such reports or other information with the Commission had it been subject to such Sections; provided, however, that the copies of such reports mailed to Holders may omit
exhibits which the Company shall supply to any Holder at such Holder’s request. The Parent Guarantor also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a). 
  
 SECTION 4.19. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do
so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any
portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it
may lawfully do so) the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenant that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but 

  

 50 

 
will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  
 SECTION 4.20. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company and the Parent
Guarantor jointly and severally agree to cause each Person that becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor following the Closing Date (and is eligible to be a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the definition
thereof) and any other entity that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or the Parent Guarantor to execute and deliver to the trustee supplemental indentures
pursuant to which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or other entity shall guarantee the payment and performance of the Notes at the time such Person becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees any such Indebtedness, as applicable.

  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
  
 SECTION 5.01. When Company and the Parent Guarantor May Merge, Etc. The Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree that neither
the Company nor the Parent Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, unless: (i) the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall be the continuing
Person, or the Person (if other than the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of
the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed
and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, on all of the Notes or the Parent Guarantee, as applicable, and under this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Person becoming the
successor obligor of the Notes, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); provided that this clause (iii) shall not apply to (x) a consolidation, merger or sale of all (but not less than all) of the
assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, if all Liens and Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Person becoming the successor obligor on the Notes, as the case may be, and their Restricted
Subsidiaries outstanding immediately after such transaction would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and all such Liens and Indebtedness, other than Liens and Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as
applicable, and their Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the transaction, shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture or (y) a consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, if immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, or any Person becoming the successor obligor on the Notes
shall have a Consolidated Leverage Ratio equal to or less than the Consolidated 

  

 51 

 
Leverage Ratio of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction; and (iv) the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as
applicable, delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with clause (iii) above) and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer
and such supplemental indenture complies with this provision and that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such transaction have been complied with; provided, however, that clause (iii) above does not apply if, in
the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of
incorporation of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable; and provided further that any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations. In addition, clause (iii) shall not
apply to any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company, the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 SECTION 5.02. Successor Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in accordance with Section 5.01 of this Indenture, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the
Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this
Indenture or of the Parent Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided that the Company or the Parent Guarantor,
as applicable, shall not be released from their obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes in the case of: (i) a sale, transfer, assignment,
conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all the assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, as an entirety or virtually as an entirety) or (ii) a lease.

  
 ARTICLE SIX 
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
  
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. Any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder: 
  
 (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if
any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; 
  
 (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30
days; 
  
 (c) default in the performance or
breach of the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the assets 

  

 52 

 
of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11
or Section 4.12; 
  
 (d) the Company or the
Parent Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above),
and such default or breach continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to the Company and the Trustee; 
  
 (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of
Indebtedness of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $20 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall
hereafter be created, (A) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been
rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (B) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of
such payment default; 
  
 (f) any final judgment
or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $20 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be
rendered against the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate
amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $20 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall
not be in effect; 
  
 (g) a court having
jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and
assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain
unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; 
  
 (h) the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry
of an order for relief in an 

  

 53 

	 	 
involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 

  
 (i) (A) Subsidiary Guarantees provided by Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of
such Subsidiary Guarantees or the terms of this Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; or (B) the Parent Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or the Parent Guarantor
denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Parent Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 that occurs with respect to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary Guarantor) occurs and is
continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the
Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest
shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (e) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded
and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e) shall be remedied or cured by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness
within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary Guarantor, the principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
  
 At any time after such declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or
decree for the payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all past Defaults and rescind
and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (a) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived and (b) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 
  
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, pursue any available remedy by 

  

 54 

 
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. 
  
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in clause (a) or (b) of
Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that the
Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not
joining in the giving of such direction; and provided further that the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes. 
  
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any
proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 
  
 (i) the Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

 
 (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy; 
  
 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

  
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
  
 (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a
direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
  

 55 

 For purposes of Section 6.05 of this Indenture and this Section 6.06, the Trustee shall comply with TIA
Section 316(a) in making any determination of whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have concurred in any request or direction of the Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee or the Holders
with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or otherwise under the law. 
  
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder
of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder. 
  
 SECTION 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of
an express trust against the Company or any other obligor of the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent that
payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
  
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section
7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies, securities or other
property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent
to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in
any such proceeding. 
  

 56 

 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall
pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee for all amounts due under Section 7.07; 
  
 Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Company or any other obligors of the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may
direct. 
  
 The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company,
may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee
for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 SECTION 6.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under
this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the
Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

  
 SECTION 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as
otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive
of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The
assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
  
 SECTION 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any
right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article Six or by law to the Trustee or to
the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
  

 57 

 ARTICLE SEVEN 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 7.01.
General. The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the TIA and as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Article Seven. 
  
 SECTION 7.02.
Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d): 
  
 (i) the Trustee may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person;

  
 (ii) before the Trustee acts or refrains from
acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 11.04. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;

  
 (iii) the Trustee may act through its
attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder; 
  
 (iv) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

  
 (v) the Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute gross negligence or bad faith; 
  
 (vi) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the
Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon an Officers’ Certificate; 
  
 (vii) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, 

  

 58 

	 	 
request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may
make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the
Company personally or by agent or attorney; 

  
 (viii) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

  
 (ix) the Trustee may consult with counsel and
the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 
  
 (x) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any
Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual
knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes; and 
  
 (xi) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may
otherwise deal with the Company or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311. 
  
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes
other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 SECTION 7.05.
Notice of Default. If any Default or any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section
313(c) notice of the Default or Event of Default within 45 days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the 

  

 59 

 
executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice
is in the interest of the Holders. 
  
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by
Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 1, beginning with May 1, 2005, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such May 1, if required by TIA Section 313(a). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes
shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange
or of any delisting thereof. 
  
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and
Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for its services hereunder. The compensation of the Trustee shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.
The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by the Trustee without negligence or bad faith on its part. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and
expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 The Company
and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss or liability or expense incurred by it without gross negligence or bad faith on its part in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this Indenture and its duties under this Indenture and the Notes, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, unless the Company or any Guarantor is materially prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. Unless otherwise set forth
herein, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnity against loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through gross negligence or bad faith. 
  
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes.

  
 If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the
occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any
applicable federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  

 60 

 The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the
termination of this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with
the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section
7.08. 
  
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so
notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing and may appoint a
successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer
takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance required by the next
succeeding paragraph of this Section 7.08 within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, at the expense of the
Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after the delivery of
such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment
unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 
  
 If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or shall fail to comply with TIA Section 310(b), any Holder who satisfies the requirements of TIA
Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.08,
the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in this Section. 
  
 The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders. Each notice
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 
  

 61 

 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligation
under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or
national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee
herein, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article. 
  
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee shall
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition that is subject to the requirements of applicable federal or state supervising or examining authority. If at any time
the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article. 
  
 SECTION 7.11. Money Held in Trust. The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as
the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article Eight of this Indenture. 

 
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
  
 SECTION 8.01. Termination of Company’s Obligations. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.01, the Company may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture if: 
  
 (i) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other
than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or Notes for whose payment money or securities have theretofore been held in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in
Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by them hereunder; or 
  
 (ii) (A) the Notes mature within one year or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory
to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee during such one-year period, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as
trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee), without consideration of any reinvestment of any interest thereon, to pay principal, premium, if, any, and interest on 

  

 62 

	 	 
the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, (C) no Default or Event of Default with respect
to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit, (D) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is
a party or by which they are bound and (E) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

  
 With respect to the foregoing clause (i), the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall survive. With respect to the foregoing clause (ii), the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09,
2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. After any such irrevocable deposit, the
Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above. 
  
 SECTION 8.02. Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture. The Obligors will
be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the Notes on the 123rd day after the date of the deposit referred to in clause (A) of this Section 8.02, and the provisions of this Indenture will no longer be
in effect with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same if: 
  
 (A) with reference to this Section 8.02, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or
another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the
Holders, in and to (1) money in an amount, (2) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due
date of any payment referred to in this clause (A), money in an amount or (3) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee,
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S.
Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 
  

 63 

 (B) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (1) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, which Opinion of Counsel shall be based upon (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless there has
been a change in applicable federal income tax law after the Closing Date such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned Opinion of
Counsel and (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust funds
for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law; 
  
 (C) immediately after giving effect to such deposit, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day
after such date of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (D) if the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 
  
 (E) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02 have been complied with. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the end of the 123-day (or one-year) period referred to in clause (B)(2) of this Section 8.02, none of the
Company’s or the Parent Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture shall be discharged. Subsequent to the end of such 123-day (or one-year) period with respect to this Section 8.02, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03,
2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06 and the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the
Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. If and when a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (B)(1) of this Section 8.02 is able to be provided specifically
without regard to, and not in reliance upon, the continuance of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.01, then the Company’s obligations under such Section 4.01 shall cease upon delivery to the Trustee of such ruling or Opinion of
Counsel and 

  

 64 

 
compliance with the other conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02. 
  
 After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall
acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding paragraph. 
  
 SECTION 8.03. Defeasance of Certain Obligations. The Obligors may omit to comply with any term, provision or
condition set forth in clause (iii) of Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03 through 4.12 and Section 4.20, and clause (c) of Section 6.01 with respect to clauses (iii) of Section 5.01, clause (d) of Section 6.01 with respect to Sections 4.01 through 4.12
and Section 4.20, and clauses (e) and (f) of Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default, in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes if: 
  

(i) with reference to this Section 8.03, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee
(or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the
Holders, in and to (A) money in an amount, (B) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due
date of any payment referred to in this clause (i), money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee,
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S.
Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 
  
 (ii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the creation of the defeasance trust does not
violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (B) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the United
States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, (C) the Holders will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred 

  

 65 

 
and (D) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, has a valid first-priority security interest in the trust funds; 
  
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a
pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day after such date of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of their
Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (iv) the Notes are
then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 
  
 (v) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.03 have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Sections 8.05 and
8.06, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, and shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 SECTION 8.05. Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01,
8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request set forth in an Officers’ Certificate any excess money held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to
such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or Paying
Agent before being required to make any payment may cause to be published at the expense of the Company once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address
(as set forth in the Security Register) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing) any unclaimed balance of such money then
remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and
such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
  
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason
of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and 

  

 66 

 
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

 
 ARTICLE NINE 
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by a resolution of their respective Boards of Directors (as evidenced by Board
Resolutions), and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Holder: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture; provided that such amendments or supplements shall not, in
the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor as evidenced by a Board Resolution, adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; 
  
 (2) to comply with Article Five; 
  
 (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture
under the TIA; 
  
 (4) to evidence and provide
for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee; 
  
 (5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (6) to add one or more additional Guarantees on the terms required by this Indenture; or 
  
 (7) to make any change that, in the good faith opinion of
the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor as evidenced by a Board Resolution, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 
  
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 and without prior notice to the Holders, the Company, the Parent Guarantor
and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by their Board of Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding, and the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary
Guarantors with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. 
  

 67 

 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.02, without the consent of each Holder affected, an
amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not: 
  
 (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note; 
  
 (ii) reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any Note; 
  
 (iii) change the place or currency of payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any Note; 
  
 (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) on any Note or the Parent Guarantee or any
Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (v) reduce the
percentage or principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is necessary to modify or amend this Indenture or to waive compliance with certain provisions of or certain Defaults under this Indenture; 
  
 (vi) waive a default in the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any Note; 
  
 (vii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the
Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby; or 
  
 (viii) release the Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or
waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company
will mail supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. 

 
 SECTION 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consent. Until an amendment
or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder, even if notation of the
consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of its Note. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or 

  

 68 

 
waiver shall become effective on receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated
to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph, those
Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies) and only those Persons shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it is of the type described in the second paragraph of
Section 9.02. In case of an amendment or waiver of the type described in the second paragraph of Section 9.02, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same
indebtedness as the Note of the consenting Holder. 
  
 SECTION
9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver such Note to the Trustee. At the Company’s expense, the Trustee may place an
appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in
exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation, or issue a new Note, shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement
or waiver. 
  
 SECTION 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments,
Etc. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 11.03 and stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this
Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall sign such amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does not adversely affect
the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise. 
  
 SECTION 9.06. Conformity with Trust Indenture
Act. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 ARTICLE TEN 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
  
 SECTION 10.01. Note Guarantees. Subject to this Article Ten, each
Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note and 

  

 69 

 
to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company
hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest
on the overdue premium, if any, and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed,
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance
with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, such Guarantor shall be obligated to pay
the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  
 Subject to Section 10.02, each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, each Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or
any Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Holders and the Trustee, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as
provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 
  
 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and
by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that this Note Guarantee does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform 

  

 70 

 
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee,
the Holders and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under this Note Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of each Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under this Note Guarantee to not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees. Each
Guarantor hereby agrees that its execution and delivery of this Indenture or any supplemental indentures pursuant to Sections 4.07 and 4.20 and this Section 10.03 shall evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 without the need for any
further notation on the Notes. 
  
 Each of the Guarantors hereby
agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation relating to such Note Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or any
supplemental indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Notes or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
  
 In the event that the Company or the Parent Guarantor creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries or other guarantors subsequent to the date of this
Indenture, if required by Section 4.07 or 4.20, the Company and the Parent Guarantor jointly and severally agree to cause such Subsidiaries or other guarantors to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance
with Section 4.07 or 4.20 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable. In addition, the Parent Guarantor and the Company jointly and severally agree to cause each of the following Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (the “Prospective Subsidiary
Guarantors”) to execute and deliver, as soon as practicable but in no event later than 90 days following the Closing Date, a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for issuance by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of a Subsidiary
Guarantee of payment of the Notes: (i) Time Warner Telecom of Georgia, L.P., (ii) Time Warner Telecom of Hawaii, L.P., (iii) Time Warner Telecom of Indiana, L.P., (iv) Time Warner Telecom of the Mid-South, LLC, (v) Time Warner Telecom of New Jersey,
L.P., (vi) Time Warner Telecom – N.Y., L.P., and (vii) Time Warner Telecom of Arizona LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall extend the date for compliance with the covenant set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or
waive such compliance with respect to such Prospective Subsidiary Guarantors which in the aggregate have assets (forming part of the Collateral, as defined in Section 1.01 of the 2011 Indenture) the aggregate book value of which (A) does not,
following the expiry of such 90-day period, exceed 10% of the book value of the Parent Guarantor’s total assets on a consolidated basis as of the end of the last quarter for which financial statements have been provided to the Commission
pursuant to the provisions under Section 4.18 and (B) does not, following the expiry of a period of 120 days following the Closing Date, exceed 5% of such book value, in each case, as certified 

  

 71 

 
to the Trustee by the Parent Guarantor in an Officer’s Certificate (on which the Trustee may conclusively rely). The Parent Guarantor and the Company
further jointly and severally agree that, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary herein, each such Prospective Subsidiary Guarantor shall, upon execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, be deemed to be a Subsidiary
Guarantor for all purposes hereunder (including, without limitation, for purposes of this Article Ten). The Parent Guarantor and the Company jointly and severally represent and warrant that the Prospective Subsidiary Guarantors are, on the date
hereof, excluded from being Subsidiary Guarantors solely by virtue of clause (1) of the definition of Subsidiary Guarantor and that all of the existing Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and the Parent Company other than the Prospective
Subsidiary Guarantors and those Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that shall have executed this Indenture as of the date hereof are, by virtue of clause (2) of such definition, excluded from being Subsidiary Guarantors. 
  
 SECTION 10.04. Release of Subsidiary Guarantor. (a) Any Subsidiary
Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, (i) upon any sale or other disposition (in a transaction that complies with this Indenture) by the Company, the Parent Guarantor and their Restricted
Subsidiaries of their Capital Stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor immediately following such sale or disposition ceases to be a Subsidiary of any such entity; (ii) upon the sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with this Indenture; (iii) if the Company properly designates that Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture; or (iv) upon the release
or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the
Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the release of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Section 10.04 have been met, the
Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (b) Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, interest, premium, if any, and liquidated damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this
Article Ten. 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall incorporate and be
governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the TIA. After the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA that are
required to be a part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions. 
  

 72 

 SECTION 11.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and
delivered in person, mailed by first-class mail or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows: 
  
 if to the Company or the Parent Guarantor: 
  
 Time Warner Telecom Inc. 
 10475 Park Meadows
Drives 
 Littleton, CO 80124 
 Telecopier No.: (303) 566-1777 
 Attention: Paul B. Jones 
  
 if to the Trustee: 
  
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 N9303-120, Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 
 Telecopier No: (612) 667-9825 
 Attention:
Corporate Trust Services 
  
 The Company or the Trustee by notice
to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to it at its address as it appears on the Security Register by first-class mail and shall
be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Copies of any such communication or notice to
a Holder shall also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Failure to mail notice or communication to a Holder as provided herein or any defect in any such notice or communication shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Except for a notice to the
Trustee, which is deemed given only when received, and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided in this Section 11.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

  
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such
notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing
shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
  
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then
such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 
  

 73 

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights
under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
  
 SECTION 11.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action
under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

 
 (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion
of such Counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 11.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
  
 (i) a statement that each person signing such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 
  
 (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in
such certificate or opinion is based; 
  
 (iii) a
statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of
each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

  
 SECTION 11.05. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in
person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Holders’ consent
thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the
manner provided in this Section. 
  

 74 

 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by
the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and
date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
  
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Security Register. 
  
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note or the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be
done by the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  
 (e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may,
at its option, by Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to
do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), any such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not more than 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in
connection therewith and no later than the date such solicitation is completed. 
  
 If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of
business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Notes outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Notes outstanding shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective
unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless
the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law. 
  
 (f) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company
in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  

 75 

 SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules
for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
  
 SECTION 11.07. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Payment Date, Stated Maturity or date of
maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note, as the case may be, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or date of maturity of such Note; provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after
such Interest Payment Date, Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity, as the case may be. 
  
 SECTION 11.08. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The Trustee, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Holders agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This
Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Parent Guarantor or the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor or the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret
this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against
Others. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator or against any past, present or
future partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person, as such, of either the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or of any successor Persons, either directly or through the
Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any successor Persons, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that
all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or the Subsidiary Guarantors in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  
 SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. 
  

 76 

 SECTION 11.13. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions hereof. 
  

 77 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

					
	TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM HOLDINGS II LLC
	 By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc.,
 its
sole member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM GENERAL PARTNERSHIP
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF ILLINOIS LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF COLORADO LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF MINNESOTA LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF SOUTH CAROLINA LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF CALIFORNIA, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF FLORIDA, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF OHIO, LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF TEXAS, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF WISCONSIN, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF NORTH CAROLINA, L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom General Partnership, its general partner
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF IDAHO LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF NEVADA LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF NEW MEXICO LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF OREGON LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF UTAH LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TIME WARNER TELECOM OF WASHINGTON LLC
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its sole member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy
	
	TW TELECOM L.P.
	By: Time Warner Telecom Holdings Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Jones

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Paul B. Jones
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Regulatory Policy

  

					
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jeffrey Rose

	 	 	 Name:
	 	Jeffrey Rose
	 	 	 Title:
	 	Corporate Trust Officer

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00062-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00062-of-00352.parquet"}]]